WO2021075305A1 - Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device - Google Patents

Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021075305A1
WO2021075305A1 PCT/JP2020/037800 JP2020037800W WO2021075305A1 WO 2021075305 A1 WO2021075305 A1 WO 2021075305A1 JP 2020037800 W JP2020037800 W JP 2020037800W WO 2021075305 A1 WO2021075305 A1 WO 2021075305A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
curable composition
cross
negative curable
cured film
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/037800
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
雄一郎 榎本
青島 俊栄
健太 山▲ざき▼
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2021552331A priority Critical patent/JP7319381B2/en
Publication of WO2021075305A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021075305A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B15/00Layered products comprising a layer of metal
    • B32B15/04Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B15/08Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • B32B15/088Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a negative curable composition, a cured film, a laminate, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device.
  • Polyimide resin is applied to various applications because it has excellent heat resistance and insulating properties.
  • the above application is not particularly limited, and examples of a semiconductor device for mounting include use as a material for an insulating film and a sealing material, or as a protective film. It is also used as a base film and coverlay for flexible substrates.
  • the polyimide resin is used in the form of a negative curable composition containing an alkali-soluble polyimide resin.
  • a negative curable composition can be applied to a substrate by, for example, coating, and then exposed, developed, heated, etc., if necessary, to form a cured resin on the substrate. it can. Since the negative curable composition can be applied by a known coating method or the like, for example, there is a high degree of freedom in designing the shape, size, application position, etc. of the applied negative curable composition at the time of application. It can be said that it has excellent manufacturing adaptability. In addition to the high performance of polyimide and the like, from the viewpoint of excellent adaptability in manufacturing, industrial application development of a negative curable composition containing an alkali-soluble polyimide is expected more and more.
  • Patent Document 1 states that it contains an alkali-soluble polyimide (a), an unsaturated bond-containing compound (b), a heat-crosslinkable compound (c), and a photopolymerization initiator (d) having a specific structure.
  • a characteristic photosensitive resin composition is described.
  • a negative curable composition containing an alkali-soluble polyimide it is desired to provide a negative curable composition having excellent chemical resistance of the obtained cured product.
  • the present invention relates to a negative curable composition having excellent chemical resistance of the obtained cured film, a cured film obtained by curing the negative curable composition, a laminate containing the cured film, and a method for producing the cured film. , And a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate.
  • Examples of typical embodiments of the present invention are shown below.
  • the silane coupling agent has a covalent bond between the alkoxy group e-1 directly bonded to the silicon atom and a group different from the e-1 and at least one of the plurality of types of cross-linking agents.
  • a negative curable composition having a possible group e-2.
  • the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents have a cross-linking agent having a radically polymerizable group in which the cross-linking reaction proceeds by the action of a radical as a cross-linking group, and an acid cross-linking property in which the cross-linking reaction proceeds by the action of an acid as a cross-linking group.
  • the negative curable composition according to ⁇ 1> which comprises a cross-linking agent having a group.
  • ⁇ 4> The negative curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the alkali-soluble polyimide has a silicon atom.
  • ⁇ 5> The negative curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the alkali-soluble polyimide has an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • ⁇ 6> The negative curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the alkali-soluble polyimide has a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • ⁇ 7> The negative curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, which comprises a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a sulfonamide structure and a thiourea structure.
  • ⁇ 8> The negative curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, which contains a radical generator having an oxime structure.
  • ⁇ 9> The negative curability according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, which comprises a compound having 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds as at least one of the plurality of types of cross-linking agents. Composition.
  • ⁇ 10> The negative curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9>, which contains a neutralized salt-type thermoacid generator.
  • ⁇ 11> The negative curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10>, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  • ⁇ 12> A cured film obtained by curing the negative curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>.
  • ⁇ 13> A laminate containing two or more layers of the cured film according to ⁇ 12> and containing a metal layer between any of the cured films.
  • ⁇ 14> A method for producing a cured film, which comprises a film forming step of applying the negative curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11> to a substrate to form a film.
  • the method for producing a cured film according to ⁇ 14> which comprises an exposure step of exposing the film and a developing step of developing the exposed film.
  • a semiconductor device comprising the cured film according to ⁇ 12> or the laminate according to ⁇ 13>.
  • a negative type curable composition having excellent chemical resistance of the obtained cured film, a cured film obtained by curing the negative type curable composition, a laminate containing the cured film, and the cured film.
  • a manufacturing method and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate are provided.
  • the present invention is not limited to the specified embodiments.
  • the numerical range represented by the symbol "-" means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively.
  • the term "process” means not only an independent process but also a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes as long as the desired action of the process can be achieved.
  • the notation not describing substitution and non-substituent also includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group).
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as an electron beam and an ion beam. Examples of the light used for exposure include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams, or radiation.
  • (meth) acrylate means both “acrylate” and “methacrylate”, or either
  • (meth) acrylic means both “acrylic” and “methacryl”, or
  • Either, and "(meth) acryloyl” means both “acryloyl” and “methacryloyl”, or either.
  • Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the total solid content means the total mass of all the components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene-equivalent values according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement) unless otherwise specified.
  • GPC measurement gel permeation chromatography
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) for example, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) is used, and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, and TSKgel are used as columns. It can be obtained by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation).
  • the direction in which the layers are stacked on the base material is referred to as "upper", or if there is a photosensitive layer, the direction from the base material to the photosensitive layer is referred to as “upper”.
  • the opposite direction is referred to as "down”.
  • the composition may contain, as each component contained in the composition, two or more kinds of compounds corresponding to the component.
  • the content of each component in the composition means the total content of all the compounds corresponding to the component.
  • the temperature is 23 ° C.
  • the atmospheric pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 atm)
  • the relative humidity is 50% RH.
  • the combination of preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble polyimide, a plurality of cross-linking agents having different cross-linking groups, and a silane coupling agent, and the above-mentioned silane coupling agent is an alkoxy group directly bonded to a silicon atom. It has e-1 and a group e-2 which is different from the above e-1 and can form a covalent bond with at least one of the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents.
  • the silane coupling agent having the above e-1 and the above e-2 is also referred to as a "specific silane coupling agent".
  • a cured film obtained from a negative curable composition containing an alkali-soluble polyimide, a plurality of cross-linking agents having different cross-linking groups, and a specific silane coupling agent is resistant. It was found to be excellent in chemical properties.
  • a polar solvent such as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) or N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP)
  • an alkaline aqueous solution such as a tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution, or the above polar solvent.
  • a cured film having excellent chemical resistance is provided in which the solubility in a chemical such as a mixed solution of the above alkaline aqueous solution is suppressed.
  • a composition containing a solvent is further applied on the cured film.
  • it is considered to be useful because the dissolution and dispersion of the cured film in a chemical such as a solvent are suppressed when the film formed on the cured film is subjected to solvent development.
  • the mechanism by which the above effect is obtained is unknown, but it is presumed as follows.
  • the specific silane coupling agent has the above e-1 and the above e-2. Therefore, in the cured film of the negative curable composition, the reaction between the e-2 and the cross-linking agent causes the compound after cross-linking of the cross-linking agent to contain the siloxane structure derived from the e-1. Conceivable. That is, the crosslinked compound becomes a compound having a siloxane structure. It is presumed that the cured film contains a compound after cross-linking having such a siloxane structure, so that the chemical resistance of the film is excellent. Further, it is considered that the compound after the cross-linking has the siloxane structure, so that the mechanical properties (break elongation) and the adhesion of the cured film are easily excellent.
  • Patent Document 1 does not describe or suggest that the chemical resistance of the cured film is improved by using the specific silane coupling agent.
  • the components contained in the negative curable composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble polyimide.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide means a polyimide that dissolves 0.1 g or more at 23 ° C. in 100 g of a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium aqueous solution, and 0.5 g or more from the viewpoint of pattern forming property.
  • a polyimide that dissolves is preferable, and a polyimide that dissolves 1.0 g or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the dissolution amount is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 g or less.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably a polyimide having a plurality of imide structures in the main chain from the viewpoint of breaking elongation and insulating property of the obtained cured film.
  • the "main chain” refers to the relatively longest binding chain among the molecules of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and the “side chain” refers to other binding chains.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably has a fluorine atom.
  • the fluorine atom is, for example, R 115 in the structure represented by the formula (1-1) described later, R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, or the formula (2-1) described later. ) Is preferably included in R 131 in the repeating unit, R 115 in the structure represented by the formula (1-1) described later, and R in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later. It is more preferable that it is contained as an alkyl fluoride group in 132 or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later.
  • the amount of fluorine atoms with respect to the total mass of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 1 to 50 mol / g, and more preferably 5 to 30 mol / g.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably has a silicon atom.
  • the silicon atom is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, and will be described later in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later. It is more preferably contained as an organically modified (poly) siloxane structure. Further, the silicon atom or the organically modified (poly) siloxane structure may be contained in the side chain of the alkali-soluble polyimide, but is preferably contained in the main chain of the alkali-soluble polyimide.
  • the amount of silicon atoms with respect to the total mass of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 0.01 to 5 mol / g, more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol / g.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide may have an ethylenically unsaturated bond at the end of the main chain or at the side chain, but it is preferably provided at the side chain.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond preferably has radical polymerization property.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond is R 115 in the structure represented by the formula (1-1) described later, R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, or the formula (2-2-) described later.
  • R 131 in the repeating unit represented by 1) It is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by 1), and is preferably contained in the formula (1-) described later.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, and in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later. It is more preferable that R 131 is contained as a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a group having a vinyl group which may be substituted, which is directly bonded to an aromatic ring such as a vinyl group, an allyl group and a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) acrylamide group, and a (meth) group.
  • Examples thereof include an acryloyloxy group and a group represented by the following formula (III).
  • R200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
  • (Poly) oxyalkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms the alkylene group preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 or 3; the number of repetitions is preferably 1 to 12 and 1 ⁇ 6 is more preferable, and 1 to 3 are particularly preferable), or a group in which two or more of these are combined is represented.
  • the (poly) oxyalkylene group means an oxyalkylene group or a polyoxyalkylene group.
  • R 201 is preferably a group represented by any of the following formulas (R1) to (R3), and more preferably a group represented by the formula (R1).
  • L represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a (poly) oxyalkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group in which two or more of these are bonded
  • X Indicates an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • * represents a binding site with another structure
  • represents a binding site with an oxygen atom to which R 201 in the formula (III) is bonded.
  • a preferred embodiment of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms in L or the (poly) oxyalkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms is the above-mentioned R 201 having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. This is the same as the preferred embodiment of the 12 alkylene group or the (poly) oxyalkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • X is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • * is synonymous with * in formula (III), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • the structure represented by the formula (R1) comprises, for example, a polyimide having a hydroxy group such as a phenolic hydroxy group and a compound having an isocyanato group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate). Obtained by reacting.
  • the structure represented by the formula (R2) is obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a carboxy group with a compound having a hydroxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, etc.).
  • the structure represented by the formula (R3) is obtained by reacting, for example, a polyimide having a hydroxy group such as a phenolic hydroxy group with a compound having a glycidyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, glycidyl methacrylate). can get.
  • * represents a binding site with another structure, and is preferably a binding site with the main chain of polyimide.
  • the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated bond with respect to the total mass of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol / g, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol / g.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide may have a crosslinkable group other than the ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the crosslinkable group other than the ethylenically unsaturated bond include a cyclic ether group such as an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group, and a methylol group.
  • the crosslinkable group other than the ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, for example.
  • the amount of the crosslinkable group other than the ethylenically unsaturated bond with respect to the total mass of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol / g, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol / g.
  • the acid value of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and further preferably 70 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the acid value is preferably 500 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the acid value is measured by a known method, for example, by the method described in JIS K 0070: 1992.
  • an acid group having a pKa of 0 to 10 is preferable, and an acid group having a pKa of 3 to 8 is more preferable, from the viewpoint of achieving both storage stability and developability.
  • the pKa is a dissociation reaction in which hydrogen ions are released from an acid, and its equilibrium constant Ka is expressed by its negative common logarithm pKa.
  • pKa is a value calculated by ACD / ChemSketch (registered trademark) unless otherwise specified.
  • the values published in "Revised 5th Edition Chemistry Handbook Basics" edited by the Chemical Society of Japan may be referred to.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxy group and a phenolic hydroxy group, and more preferably contains a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably has a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide may have a phenolic hydroxy group at the end of the main chain or at the side chain.
  • the phenolic hydroxy group is, for example, R 115 in the structure represented by the formula (1-1) described later, R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, or the formula (2) described later. It is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by -1).
  • the amount of the phenolic hydroxy group with respect to the total mass of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol / g, and more preferably 1 to 20 mol / g.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (1-1), and preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (1-1) in the main chain.
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • R 115 is preferably a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring, and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (1-2) or formula (1-3).
  • Divalent selected from the group consisting of -CH 2- , -O-, -S-, -S ( O) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and -C (CH 3 ) 2- It is more preferable that it is a group of. * Each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
  • tetravalent organic group represented by R 115 in the formula (1-1) include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the acid dianhydride group from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. .. Only one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used, or two or more types may be used.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1-4).
  • R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • R 115 has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (1-1), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydride examples include pyromellitic acid, pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4 , 4'-diphenylsulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3', 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Dichloride, 2,3,3', 4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxy
  • DAA-1 to DAA-5 tetracarboxylic dianhydrides
  • DAA-5 tetracarboxylic dianhydrides
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-1), and preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-1) in the main chain.
  • R 131 represents a divalent organic group
  • R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group represented by R 131 includes a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, an aromatic group, an organically modified (poly) siloxane structure or. Examples of a group in which two or more of these are combined are a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • An aromatic hydrocarbon group of 6 to 20, an organically modified (poly) siloxane structure, or a group in which two or more of these are combined is preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the linear or branched aliphatic group, the cyclic aliphatic group, or the aromatic group may have a substituent, and the substituent includes an alkyl group, a hydroxy group, a thiol group, and the like. Examples thereof include a carboxy group, a group having the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a crosslinkable group other than the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the organically modified (poly) siloxane structure includes both an organically modified siloxane structure containing only one siloxane structure and an organically modified polysiloxane structure containing two or more siloxane structures.
  • a structure represented by the following formula (SI-1) is preferable.
  • RS independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, at least one of RS represents an organic group, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and * represents an integer or more independently.
  • RS is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, respectively, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups or phenyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferable, methyl groups or phenyl groups are particularly preferable, and methyl groups are most preferable. Also, represents at least one organic group among structured R S, it is preferable that at least one of the two structured R S binding to each of the plurality of Si in the formula (SI-1) is an organic group of formula ( it is more preferable that all of the SI-1) in structured R S is an organic group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 11, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 or 2. It is particularly preferably 0.
  • R 131 contains an organically modified (poly) siloxane structure
  • R 131 has a structure represented by the following formula (SI-2).
  • RS independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group
  • at least one of RS represents an organic group
  • L 1 is a linear or branched aliphatic aliphatic group.
  • L 2 is -Si ( RS ) 2- , a linear or branched aliphatic group, or a cyclic fat.
  • R S and n have the same meanings as R S and n in the above formula (SI-1), a preferable embodiment thereof is also the same.
  • L 1 is a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and carbon.
  • L 2 is a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and carbon.
  • An aromatic hydrocarbon group having a number of 6 to 20 or a group in which two or more of these are combined is preferable, and a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • L 2 is also preferably a group represented by * 1- Si ( RS ) 2- L 3- * 2.
  • RS is as described above, * 1 represents a binding site with an oxygen atom in the formula (Si-2), L 3 is synonymous with L 1 described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same, * 2 Is synonymous with * in which L 2 in equation (SI-2) is bound.
  • R 131 in formula (2-1) is preferably derived from diamine.
  • diamine used in the production of the alkali-soluble polyimide include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines, and two * in the structure represented by the above formula (SI-2). In each case, a compound that binds to an amino group and the like can be mentioned. Only one kind of diamine may be used, or two or more kinds of diamines may be used.
  • the diamine is a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and an organic modification (poly).
  • a diamine having a siloxane structure or a group containing two or more of these is preferable, and a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the linear or branched aliphatic group, the cyclic aliphatic group, or the aromatic group may have a substituent, and the substituent includes an alkyl group, a hydroxy group, a thiol group, and the like.
  • Examples thereof include a carboxy group, a group having the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a crosslinkable group other than the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is a group that reacts with the above functional group after producing polyimide or a precursor compound thereof using a diamine having a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a thiol group or a carboxy group (for example).
  • Isocyanato group, hydroxy group, epoxy group, etc. and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be introduced by reacting with the above-mentioned polyimide or a precursor compound thereof.
  • aromatic groups include:
  • a structure in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to the benzene ring is substituted with a hydroxy group or a thiol group is also preferably mentioned.
  • the hydrogen atoms bonded to the benzene ring in AR-1 to AR-3 one or two have been substituted with a hydroxy group or a thiol group, or two in AR-5 to AR-10.
  • the benzene rings a structure in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to one benzene ring and one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to the other benzene ring are substituted with a hydroxy group or a thiol group is preferable.
  • diamine examples include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1 , 3-Diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis- (4-) Aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis- (3-aminocyclohexyl) methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane or isophoronediamine; meta or paraphenylenediamine, 2,5-dihydroxy-p-phenylenediamine , 2,5-Dimercapto-p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,
  • diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below are also preferable.
  • a diamine having at least two alkylene glycol units in the main chain is also mentioned as a preferable example.
  • a diamine containing two or more of one or both of an ethylene glycol chain and a propylene glycol chain in one molecule is preferable, and a diamine containing no aromatic ring is preferable.
  • Specific examples include Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-600, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-900, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-2003, and Jeffamine (registered trademark).
  • EDR-148 EDR-148, Jeffamine® EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 (trade name, manufactured by HUNTSMAN), 1- (2- (2- (2)) -Aminopropoxy) ethoxy) propoxy) propane-2-amine, 1- (1- (1- (2-aminopropoxy) propoxy-2-yl) oxy) propane-2-amine, etc., but are limited to these. Not done.
  • x, y, and z are arithmetic mean values.
  • R 131 in the formula (2-1) is preferably represented by ⁇ Ar 0 ⁇ L 0 ⁇ Ar 0 ⁇ from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the obtained cured film.
  • Ar 0 is independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and a phenylene group is preferable.
  • the preferred range of L 0 is synonymous with A above.
  • R 131 in the formula (2-1) is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or the formula (61) from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance.
  • a divalent organic group represented by the formula (61) is more preferable from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance and availability.
  • R 50 to R 57 are independently hydrogen atoms, fluorine atoms or monovalent organic groups, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a fluoromethyl group. It is a difluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a phenolic hydroxy group, or a thiol group, and * independently represents a binding site with another structure.
  • the monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57 includes an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms) and 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms). Examples thereof include an alkyl fluoride group, a phenolic hydroxy group and a thiol group.
  • R 58 and R 59 are independently fluorine atoms, fluoromethyl groups, difluoromethyl groups, or trifluoromethyl groups, respectively.
  • Examples of the diamine compound giving the structure of the formula (51) or (61) include dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2. Examples thereof include'-bis (fluoro) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. One of these may be used, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide may have only one type of repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1), or may have two or more types.
  • 50 mol% or more, more 70 mol% or more, particularly 90 mol% or more of all the repeating units is the alkali which is the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1).
  • Soluble polyimide is exemplified. As an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is practical.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 2,500 to 100,000, and even more preferably 3,000 to 50,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 1,500 to 50,000, and even more preferably 2,000 to 25,000.
  • the degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, more preferably 2 to 3.
  • the degree of molecular weight dispersion means a value obtained by dividing the weight average molecular weight by the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight).
  • alkali-soluble polyimide examples include, but are not limited to, the alkali-soluble polyimide used in the examples.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide can be obtained, for example, by the method described in Examples. Specifically, an alkali-soluble polyimide can be obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a diamine to obtain a precursor compound, and then heating the compound. Further, an alkali-soluble polyimide can be obtained by halogenating a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a halogenating agent and then heating the precursor compound obtained by reacting with a diamine.
  • the precursor compound or polyimide has a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a thiol group, or a carboxy group, a group that reacts with the functional group (for example, an isocyanato group, a hydroxy group, or an epoxy group) with respect to the precursor compound or polyimide.
  • a group that reacts with the functional group for example, an isocyanato group, a hydroxy group, or an epoxy group
  • Etc. and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is reacted with the above-mentioned polyimide or a precursor compound thereof, and in the case of a precursor compound, this is cyclized by heating or the like to obtain a polyimide having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Be done.
  • the imidization rate (also referred to as “ring closure rate”) of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 70% or more, and more preferably 80% or more, from the viewpoint of breaking elongation of the obtained cured film, insulating property, and the like. It is preferably 90% or more, and more preferably 90% or more.
  • the upper limit of the imidization rate is not particularly limited, and may be 100% or less.
  • the imidization rate is measured by, for example, the following method.
  • the infrared absorption spectrum of the alkali-soluble polyimide is measured to determine the peak intensity P1 near 1377 cm -1, which is the absorption peak derived from the imide structure.
  • the alkali-soluble polyimide is heat-treated at 350 ° C. for 1 hour, and then the infrared absorption spectrum is measured again to obtain a peak intensity P2 in the vicinity of 1377 cm -1.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble polyimide in the negative curable composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition. It is more preferably 40% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble polyimide in the negative curable composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, preferably 99% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition. It is more preferably 98% by mass or less, further preferably 97% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or less.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of alkali-soluble polyimide, or may contain two or more types of alkali-soluble polyimide. When two or more kinds are included, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention contains a plurality of types of cross-linking agents having different cross-linking groups.
  • the above-mentioned alkali-soluble polyimide or the compound corresponding to the specific silane coupling agent described later shall not correspond to the above-mentioned cross-linking agent.
  • crosslinkable group in the above-mentioned cross-linking agent examples include a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group and other groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group and the like cyclic groups.
  • examples thereof include an alkoxymethyl group such as an ether group and a methoxymethyl group, a methylol group, and a benzoxazolyl group.
  • the negative curable composition contains a plurality of types of cross-linking agents having different cross-linking groups, that is, the negative curable composition includes a cross-linking agent having a certain cross-linking group A and the cross-linking group A.
  • the negative curable composition includes a cross-linking agent having a different kind of cross-linking group B.
  • the different crosslinkable groups may mean that the crosslinkable groups have different structures, but they are selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, an alkoxymethyl group, and a methylol group. A combination of one type and another type selected from the above group is preferable.
  • a cross-linking agent having a group containing the ethylenically unsaturated bond as a cross-linking group is referred to as a "ethylene unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent”
  • a cross-linking agent containing the above-mentioned cyclic ether group as a cross-linking group is referred to as a "cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent”.
  • the cross-linking agent having the alkoxymethyl group as the cross-linking group is "alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent”
  • the cross-linking agent having the methylol group as the cross-linking group is "methylol group-containing cross-linking agent”
  • the cross-linking group is described above.
  • a cross-linking agent having a benzoxazolyl group is also referred to as a "benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agent”.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing crosslinker as at least one of the above-mentioned plurality of crosslinkers, and is ethylenically. It is more preferable to contain a compound having 3 to 15 unsaturated bonds, and further preferably to contain a compound having 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds. From the viewpoint of developability, the cross-linking agent is particularly preferably a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • the negative curable composition according to the present invention includes an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent, a cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent, an alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent, a methylol group-containing cross-linking agent, and a benzoxazoli. It is preferable to contain at least two kinds of cross-linking agents selected from the group consisting of cross-linking agents containing ru groups, and it is preferable to contain cross-linking agents containing ethylenically unsaturated bonds, cross-linking agents containing cyclic ether groups, cross-linking agents containing alkoxymethyl groups, and methylol.
  • cross-linking agents selected from the group consisting of group-containing cross-linking agents, and the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent, the cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent, the alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent, and It is more preferable to include at least one cross-linking agent selected from the group consisting of methylol group-containing cross-linking agents.
  • a cross-linking agent having a radically polymerizable group in which the cross-linking reaction proceeds by the action of a radical as a cross-linking group and the cross-linking reaction proceed by the action of an acid as a cross-linking group It is preferable to include a cross-linking agent having an acid cross-linking group.
  • the radical is supplied by, for example, a photoradical polymerization initiator described later or a thermal radical polymerization initiator.
  • the acid is supplied by, for example, a photoacid generator or a thermoacid generator, which will be described later.
  • Examples of the radically polymerizable group include the above-mentioned group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and examples of the acid crosslinkable group include the above-mentioned cyclic ether group, alkoxymethyl group, methylol group, benzoxazolyl group and the like. ..
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent.
  • the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the (meth) acryloyl group is preferable as the group containing the ethylenically unsaturated bond, and the (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is preferably a compound having radical polymerization property.
  • the crosslinker containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, but a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is more preferable.
  • the compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having two groups containing the above ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention may contain a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds as an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent. preferable.
  • the compound having 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds a compound having 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferable, and a compound having 3 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is more preferable, and 3 to 6 compounds are more preferable.
  • the compound having is more preferable.
  • the compound having 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having 3 or more groups containing the ethylenically unsaturated bond, and more preferably a compound having 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • a compound having 3 to 10 is more preferable, and a compound having 3 to 6 is particularly preferable.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention comprises a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. It is also preferable to include.
  • the molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is preferably 100 or more.
  • ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent examples include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.), esters thereof, and amides.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acids for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.
  • esters thereof for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.
  • esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds Preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyvalent amine compounds.
  • a dehydration condensation reaction product with a functional carboxylic acid is also preferably used.
  • an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a parentionic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amines or thiols, and a halogeno group.
  • Substitution reactions of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a releasable substituent such as tosyloxy group and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols are also suitable.
  • a compound group in which the unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced with an unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinylbenzene derivative such as styrene, a vinyl ether, an allyl ether or the like As a specific example, the description in paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of JP-A-2016-0273557 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
  • ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferable.
  • examples are polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethyl ethanetri (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol.
  • a compound obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a functional alcohol and then (meth) acrylated, is described in JP-A-48-041708, JP-A-50-006034, and JP-A-51-0371993.
  • Urethane (meth) acrylates such as those described in JP-A-48-064183, JP-A-49-043191, and JP-A-52-030490, the polyester acrylates, epoxy resins and (meth) acrylics. Examples thereof include polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which are reaction products with acids, and mixtures thereof. Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 are also suitable.
  • a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting a polyfunctional carboxylic acid with a cyclic ether group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond can also be mentioned.
  • ethylene has a fluorene ring and is described in JP-A-2010-160418, JP-A-2010-129825, Patent No. 4364216 and the like.
  • Compounds having two or more groups having a sex unsaturated bond and cardo resins can also be used.
  • JP-A-2015-187211 can also be used as the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent include dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Di Pentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and these (meth) acryloyl groups are ethylene glycol residues or propylene.
  • SR-494 which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartmer
  • Sartmer which is a bifunctional methacrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent are as described in JP-A-48-041708, JP-A-51-0371993, JP-A-02-032293, and JP-B-02-016765.
  • Urethane acrylates and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also suitable. Is.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-01-105238.
  • a compound having the above can also be used.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent may be an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent having an acid group such as a carboxy group or a phosphoric acid group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is added to the unreacted hydroxy group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound.
  • An ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent which has been reacted to have an acid group is more preferable.
  • the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is penta.
  • the acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is within the above range, it is excellent in manufacturing handleability and further excellent in developability. Moreover, the polymerizability is good.
  • the acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 300 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 1 to 100 mgKOH / g. The acid value is measured according to the description of JIS K 0070: 1992.
  • a monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is preferably used as the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent from the viewpoint of suppressing warpage associated with controlling the elastic modulus of the cured film. it can.
  • the monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent include n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and carbitol (meth).
  • the monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferable in order to suppress volatilization before exposure.
  • the content thereof is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one cross-linking agent selected from the group consisting of a methylol group-containing cross-linking agent and an alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent.
  • a methylol group-containing cross-linking agent for example, formaldehyde or formaldehyde and alcohol are reacted with an amino group-containing compound such as melamine, glycoluryl, urea, alkylene urea, and benzoguanamine, and the hydrogen atom of the amino group is described.
  • Examples thereof include compounds having a structure in which the above is substituted with a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group.
  • the method for producing these compounds is not particularly limited, and any compound having the same structure as the compound produced by the above method may be used. Further, it may be an oligomer formed by self-condensing the methylol groups of these compounds.
  • the cross-linking agent using melamine is a melamine-based cross-linking agent
  • the cross-linking agent using glycoluril, urea or alkylene urea is a urea-based cross-linking agent
  • the cross-linking agent using alkylene urea is an alkylene urea-based cross-linking agent.
  • a cross-linking agent using an agent or benzoguanamine is called a benzoguanamine-based cross-linking agent.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a urea-based cross-linking agent and a melamine-based cross-linking agent, and the glycoluril-based cross-linking agent and the glycol-based cross-linking agent described later are preferably contained. It is more preferable to contain at least one compound selected from the group consisting of melamine-based cross-linking agents.
  • melamine-based cross-linking agent examples include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, hexabutoxybutyl melamine and the like.
  • urea-based cross-linking agent examples include monohydroxymethylated glycol uryl, dihydroxymethylated glycol uryl, trihydroxymethylated glycol uryl, tetrahydroxymethylated glycol uryl, monomethoxymethylated glycol uryl, and dimethoxymethylated glycol uryl.
  • Glycoluryl-based cross-linking agent such as bismethoxymethylurea, bisethoxymethylurea, bispropoxymethylurea, and bisbutoxymethylurea, Monohydroxymethylated ethyleneurea or dihydroxymethylated ethyleneurea, monomethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, dimethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, monoethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, diethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, monopropoxymethylated ethyleneurea, dipropoxymethyl
  • Ethyleneurea-based cross-linking agents such as ethyleneurea, monobutoxymethylated, or dibutoxymethylated ethyleneurea, Monohydroxymethylated propylene urea, dihydroxymethylated propylene urea, monomethoxymethylated propylene urea, dimethoxymethylated propylene urea, monodiethoxymethylated propylene urea, diethoxymethylated propylene urea, monopropoxymethylated propylene urea, dipropoxymethyl
  • benzoguanamine-based cross-linking agent examples include monohydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, dihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, trihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrahydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine.
  • Tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanamine Tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrapropoxy Methylated benzoguanamine, monobutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine and the like can be mentioned.
  • methylol group-containing cross-linking agent or the alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent a compound in which at least one group selected from the group consisting of a methylol group and an alkoxymethyl group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring) is also preferable.
  • aromatic ring preferably a benzene ring
  • Specific examples of such compounds include benzenedimethanol, bis (hydroxymethyl) cresol, bis (hydroxymethyl) dimethoxybenzene, bis (hydroxymethyl) diphenyl ether, bis (hydroxymethyl) benzophenone, and hydroxymethylphenyl hydroxymethylbenzoate.
  • methylol group-containing cross-linking agent or the alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent
  • suitable commercially available products include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Industry Co., Ltd.), DML-PC, and DML-.
  • the content thereof is 0.1 to 0.1 to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is preferably 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, further preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. .. Only one type of the methylol group-containing cross-linking agent or the alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of a methylol group-containing cross-linking agent or an alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent are contained, the total thereof is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent.
  • a cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent a cross-linking agent having an epoxy group as a cyclic ether group (epoxide compound) or a cross-linking agent having an oxetanyl group as a cyclic ether group (oxetanyl compound) is preferable.
  • the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the epoxy group undergoes a cross-linking reaction at 200 ° C. or lower, and the dehydration reaction derived from the cross-linking does not occur, so that film shrinkage is unlikely to occur. Therefore, the inclusion of the epoxy compound is effective in suppressing low-temperature curing and warpage of the negative-type curable composition.
  • the epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group.
  • the polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2 to 15.
  • epoxy compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, butylene glycol diglycidyl ether, hexamethylene glycol diglycidyl ether. , Trimethylol propantriglycidyl ether and other alkylene glycol type epoxy resins or polyhydric alcohol hydrocarbon type epoxy resins; polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether and other polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resins; polymethyl (glycidyloxypropyl) siloxane and other epoxy groups Examples include, but are not limited to, containing silicones.
  • Epicron® 850-S Epicron® HP-4032, Epicron® HP-7200, Epicron® HP-820, Epicron® HP-4700, Epicron® EXA-4710, Epicron® HP-4770, Epicron® EXA-859CRP, Epicron® EXA-1514, Epicron® EXA-4880, Epicron® EXA-4850-150, Epicron EXA-4850-1000, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4816, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4822 (trade name, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), Rica Resin (registered trademark) BEO-60E (Product name, Shin Nihon Rika Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S (trade name, manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), Serokiside 2021P, 2081, 2000, 3000, EHPE3150, Epolide GT400, Servinus B0134, B0177 ( Product name, manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd
  • oxetane compound compound having an oxetanyl group
  • the oxetane compound include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane, 1,4-bis ⁇ [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxy] methyl ⁇ benzene, and the like.
  • examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexylmethyl) oxetane, 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ester and the like.
  • the Aron Oxetane series manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) can be preferably used, and these can be used alone. Alternatively, two or more types may be mixed.
  • the content thereof shall be 0.1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. Is more preferable, 0.1 to 20% by mass is more preferable, 0.5 to 15% by mass is further preferable, and 1.0 to 10% by mass is particularly preferable. Only one type of the cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agents are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention may contain a benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agent.
  • the benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agent is preferable because it is a cross-linking reaction derived from a ring-opening addition reaction, so that degassing does not occur during curing, and heat shrinkage is further reduced to suppress warpage.
  • benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agent examples include BA-type benzoxazine, B-m-type benzoxazine (trade name, manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), and a benzoxazine adduct of a polyhydroxystyrene resin.
  • BA-type benzoxazine trade name, manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.
  • B-m-type benzoxazine trade name, manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.
  • benzoxazine adduct of a polyhydroxystyrene resin examples thereof include phenol novolac type dihydrobenzoxazine compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention contains a benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agent
  • the content thereof is 0.1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the negative photosensitive composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, further preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. Only one type of benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agent may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agents are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • Specific silane coupling agent In the negative curable composition of the present invention, between an alkoxy group e-1 directly bonded to a silicon atom and a group different from the above e-1 and at least one of the plurality of types of cross-linking agents. Includes a silane coupling agent (specific silane coupling agent) having a group e-2 capable of covalently bonding to.
  • the specific silane coupling agent may have only one alkoxy group e-1 directly bonded to the silicon atom or may have two or more alkoxy groups, but the obtained cured film may have chemical resistance and elongation at break. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferable to have two or more, more preferably two or three, and further preferably three.
  • the alkoxy group in e-1 an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a methoxy group or an ethoxy group is more preferable.
  • the specific silane coupling agent preferably contains a monoalkoxysilyl group, a dialkoxysilyl group, or a trialkoxysilyl group as the group containing the above e-1, and preferably contains a dialkoxysilyl group or a trialkoxysilyl group. Is more preferable, and it is further preferable to contain a trialkoxysilyl group.
  • the alkoxy group contained in the monoalkoxysilyl group, the dialkoxysilyl group, or the trialkoxysilyl group corresponds to the alkoxy group e-1.
  • the two hydrogen atoms contained in the monoalkoxysilyl group or one hydrogen atom contained in the dialkoxysilyl group may be independently substituted with a group having e-2, which will be described later. , May be substituted with other known substituents.
  • the specific silane coupling agent may have only one silicon atom or may have two or more silicon atoms, but it is preferable that the specific silane coupling agent has only one silicon atom.
  • the above-mentioned alkoxy group e-1 may be bonded to at least one silicon atom, and the above-mentioned alkoxy group e-1 may be bonded to all silicon atoms.
  • e-2 that can form a covalent bond with a cross-linking agent
  • e-2 is not particularly limited as long as it is a group capable of covalently forming a covalent bond with at least one of the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents, but is included in at least one of the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents. It is preferably a group that can form a covalent bond with the group. That is, it is preferable that the group forms a covalent bond with the crosslinkable group of the crosslinking agent.
  • Examples of e-2 include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, an alkoxymethyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, an acid anhydride group, an isocyanate group, a blocked isocyanate group and the like.
  • a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, or a carboxy group is preferable.
  • Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, and the like, a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable, and a (meth) group is preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity. Acryloyl groups are more preferred.
  • the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond is, for example, a group capable of covalently forming a covalent bond with a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond contained in an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent.
  • the alkoxymethyl group, carboxy group, amino group, hydroxy group, mercapto group, acid anhydride group, isocyanate group, or blocked isocyanate group is, for example, the cyclic ether group in the cyclic ether group-containing compound and the alkoxymethyl group-containing. It is a group that can form a covalent bond with the alkoxymethyl group contained in the compound or the methylol group contained in the methylol group-containing compound.
  • the specific silane coupling agent may have 1 or more e-2, and may have 2 or more. e-2 may be directly bonded to the specific silane coupling agent or may be bonded via a linking group, but it is preferably bonded via a linking group.
  • the RN represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • Examples of preferred embodiments of the negative curable composition of the present invention are shown in (1) to (3) below.
  • An ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is included as one of the above-mentioned plurality of kinds of cross-linking agents.
  • e-2 a specific silane coupling agent having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond is contained.
  • a cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent and an alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent are contained as one of the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents.
  • It contains at least one cross-linking agent selected from the group consisting of a cross-linking agent and a methylol group-containing cross-linking agent, and as e-2, contains a specific silane coupling agent having a group containing a cyclic ether group (3).
  • One of the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents contains at least one cross-linking agent selected from the group consisting of a cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent, an alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent, and a methylol group-containing cross-linking agent, and , E-2 contains a specific silane coupling agent having a group containing a carboxy group.
  • the specific silane coupling agent of the present invention preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (S-1).
  • (S1) E 1 represents an alkoxy group
  • L S1 represents n + 1 valent linking group
  • E 2 can result in covalent bonds between at least one of the plurality of types of crosslinking agent represents a group
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more
  • R S1 represents a substituent
  • a is an integer of 1 or more
  • b represents an integer of 1 or more
  • c is an integer of 0 or more
  • a The sum of b and c is 4.
  • E 1 is a group corresponding to the above-mentioned e-1, preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. Groups are more preferred.
  • a is preferably 1, 2 or 3, more preferably 2 or 3, and even more preferably 3.
  • E 2 is a group corresponding to the above-mentioned e-2, and is a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, an alkoxymethyl group, a methylol group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a hydroxy group.
  • a group, a mercapto group, an acid anhydride group, an isocyanate group, and a blocked isocyanate group are preferable, and a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, or a carboxy group is more preferable.
  • n is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
  • the RN represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • b is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
  • R S1 represents a substituent
  • R S1 may be used without any particular limitation known substituents in the field of the silane coupling agent is preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group .
  • c is preferably 0, 1 or 2, and more preferably 0.
  • the molecular weight of the specific silane coupling agent is preferably 100 to 2,000, more preferably 150 to 1,000.
  • Specific silane coupling agents include 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, and 3-methacryloxypropyl.
  • the content of the specific silane coupling agent is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention may contain only one specific silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more of them. When two or more kinds are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention may further contain a silane coupling agent other than the specific silane coupling agent.
  • a silane coupling agent a group e-2 which has an alkoxy group e-1 directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a covalent bond with at least one of the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents. Examples include silane coupling agents that do not have.
  • silane coupling agents examples include silane coupling agents having a ring structure such as an imidazole structure and an alkoxysilyl group, and silane coupling agents having an alkylamide structure such as N-trimethylsilylacetamide and an alkoxysilyl group. ..
  • the content of the other silane coupling agent is 0.1 with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is preferably about 30% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of other silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types of other silane coupling agents. When two or more kinds are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a radical generator.
  • a radical generator a photoradical generator or a thermal radical generator is preferable, and a photoradical generator is more preferable.
  • a radical generator having an oxime structure is preferable, and a photoradical generator having an oxime structure is more preferable.
  • the photoradical generator is not particularly limited, and for example, a compound known as a photoradical polymerization initiator can be appropriately selected.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable. Further, it may be an activator that produces an active radical by causing some action with the photoexcited sensitizer.
  • the photoradical generator is at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 with respect to light having a wavelength in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). It is preferably contained.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
  • a known compound can be arbitrarily used.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime derivatives and the like.
  • paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of JP2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • Examples of the ketone compound include the compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.
  • KayaCure DETX manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. is also preferably used.
  • a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acylphosphine compound can also be preferably used. More specifically, for example, the aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and the acylphosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
  • IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark)
  • DAROCUR 1173 As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE 127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone-based initiator commercially available products IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF), Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, and Omnirad 379 (all manufactured by IGM Resin). ) Can be used.
  • the compound described in JP-A-2009-191179 in which the absorption maximum wavelength is matched with a wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm, can also be used.
  • acylphosphine oxide-based initiator examples include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide.
  • commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819, IRGACURE-TPO (trade name: all manufactured by BASF), Omnirad 819 and Omnirad TPO (all manufactured by IGM Resins) can be used.
  • metallocene compound examples include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF).
  • the photoradical generator examples include a photoradical generator (oxime compound) having an oxime structure.
  • oxime compound By using the oxime compound, the exposure latitude can be improved more effectively.
  • the oxime compound is particularly preferable because it has a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also acts as a photocuring accelerator.
  • the compound described in JP-A-2001-233842 the compound described in JP-A-2000-080068, and the compound described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used.
  • Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxy. Iminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane-2-one , And 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like.
  • an oxime compound (oxime-based photoradical generator) as the photoradical generator.
  • IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02 (above, manufactured by BASF), and ADEKA PUTMER N-1919 are also suitable.
  • TR-PBG-304 manufactured by Changzhou Powerful Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.
  • Adeka Arkuru's NCI-831 and Adeka Arkuru's NCI-930 can also be used.
  • DFI-091 manufactured by Daito Chemix Co., Ltd.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom examples include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013. Examples thereof include the compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-A-164471.
  • Examples of the most preferable oxime compound include an oxime compound having a specific substituent shown in JP-A-2007-269779 and an oxime compound having a thioaryl group shown in JP-A-2009-191061.
  • the photoradical generator includes trihalomethyltriazine compound, benzyldimethylketal compound, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, ⁇ -aminoketone compound, acylphosphine compound, phosphine oxide compound, metallocene compound, oxime compound, and triarylimidazole. Selected from the group consisting of dimer, onium salt compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and its derivative, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex and its salt, halomethyloxaziazole compound, 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound. Compounds are preferred.
  • More preferred photoradical generators are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and trihalo.
  • At least one compound selected from the group consisting of a methyltriazine compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an oxime compound, a triarylimidazole dimer, and a benzophenone compound is more preferable, a metallocene compound or an oxime compound is further preferable, and the oxime compound is more preferable. Even more preferable.
  • the photoradical generator is N, N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2-benzyl-, such as benzophenone, N, N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler ketone).
  • RI00 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, and the like.
  • R I01 is a group represented by formula (II), the same as R I00
  • the groups, R I02 to R I04, are independently alkyls having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or halogens, respectively.
  • R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I 02 to R I 04 of the above formula (I).
  • the content of the photoradical generator is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and even more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. Only one type of photoradical generator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of photoradical generators are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention may further contain a thermal radical generator.
  • a thermal radical generator is a compound that generates radicals by heat energy to initiate or accelerate the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal radical generator, the radical polymerization reaction further proceeds during heating, so that the crosslink density may be further improved.
  • thermal radical generator examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-063554.
  • thermal radical generator When a thermal radical generator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. %, More preferably 5 to 15% by mass. Only one type of thermal radical generator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types of thermal radical generators are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid generator.
  • an acid generator a thermoacid generator or a photoacid generator is preferable, and a thermoacid generator is more preferable.
  • the thermal acid generator has the effect of generating an acid by heating and accelerating the cross-linking reaction of the above-mentioned cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent, alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent, methylol group-containing cross-linking agent and the like. In addition, dehydration condensation of the alkoxy group (e-1) in the specific silane coupling agent may be promoted.
  • the thermal decomposition start temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50 ° C. to 270 ° C., more preferably 50 ° C. to 250 ° C. Further, no acid is generated during drying (pre-baking: about 70 to 140 ° C.) after the composition is applied to the substrate, and during final heating (cure: about 100 to 400 ° C.) after patterning by subsequent exposure and development. It is preferable to select an acid-generating agent as the thermal acid generator because it can suppress a decrease in sensitivity during development.
  • the thermal decomposition start temperature is obtained as the peak temperature of the exothermic peak, which is the lowest temperature when the thermoacid generator is heated to 500 ° C. at 5 ° C./min in a pressure-resistant capsule. Examples of the device used for measuring the thermal decomposition start temperature include Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments).
  • the acid generated from the thermoacid generator is preferably a strong acid, for example, aryl sulfonic acid such as p-toluene sulfonic acid and benzene sulfonic acid, alkyl sulfonic acid such as methane sulfonic acid, ethane sulfonic acid and butane sulfonic acid, or trifluoromethane.
  • aryl sulfonic acid such as p-toluene sulfonic acid and benzene sulfonic acid
  • alkyl sulfonic acid such as methane sulfonic acid, ethane sulfonic acid and butane sulfonic acid
  • haloalkyl sulfonic acid such as sulfonic acid is preferable.
  • thermoacid generator include those described in paragraph 0055 of JP2013-072935A.
  • thermoacid generator the compound described in paragraph 0059 of JP2013-167742A is also preferable as the thermoacid generator.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a neutralized salt-type thermoacid generator.
  • the pot life of a negative curable composition refers to viscosity stability when the composition is stored in the state of the composition without forming a cured film.
  • a neutralized salt type thermoacid generator as the thermoacid generator, a negative type curable composition having excellent pot life can be obtained. This is because when a neutralized salt type thermoacid generator is used, for example, even if an acid is generated once during storage, a neutralized salt is formed again and the progress of cross-linking of the cross-linking agent during storage is suppressed. It is presumed that this is because it is done.
  • the neutralized salt type thermoacid generator may be any thermoacid generator having a neutralized salt structure, and is preferably a thermoacid generator having an organic salt structure.
  • the neutralized salt structure refers to a structure having an acid-derived anion structure and a base-derived cation structure.
  • the anion structure is not particularly limited, and for example, aryl sulfonic acid such as p-toluene sulfonic acid, benzene sulfonic acid, dodecyl benzene sulfonic acid, methane sulfonic acid, ethane sulfonic acid,
  • the structure is preferably derived from an alkyl sulfonic acid such as butane sulfonic acid, or a haloalkyl sulfonic acid such as trifluoromethane sulfonic acid, and more preferably a structure derived from aryl sulfonic acid or haloalkyl sulfonic acid.
  • the cation examples include a cation derived from an organic compound, a cation derived from a metal, and the like, and a cation derived from an organic compound is preferable, and a cation derived from an amine compound or a quaternary ammonium compound is more preferable.
  • the cation is preferably a cation represented by the following formula (C-1) or the following formula (C-2).
  • RC11 to RC13 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • RC21 to RC24 each independently represent a monovalent substituent.
  • RC11 to RC13 each independently preferably represent a hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • RC21 to RC24 each independently preferably represent a hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Further, at least one of RC21 to RC24 preferably represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the neutralized salt type thermal acid generator a commercially available product may be used, and examples of the commercially available product include the K-PURE (registered trademark) series. Among these, the K-PURE (registered trademark) TAG -2179, TAG-2172, TAG-2713, TAG-2678, TAG-2679 and the like.
  • thermoacid generator When a thermoacid generator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition. It is preferably 2 to 15% by mass, more preferably 2 to 15% by mass. Only one type of thermoacid generator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types of thermoacid generators are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention may contain a photoacid generator.
  • the photoacid generator is not particularly limited as long as it generates an acid by exposure, but is an onium salt compound such as a quinonediazide compound, a diazonium salt, a phosphonium salt, a sulfonium salt, or an iodonium salt, an imide sulfonate, and an oxime. Examples thereof include sulfonate compounds such as sulfonate, diazodisulfone, disulfone, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate.
  • Examples of the quinone diazide compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0061 to 0063 of International Publication No. 2017/217292.
  • Examples of the onium salt compound or the sulfonate compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0122 of JP-A-2008-013646.
  • a commercially available product may be used as the photoacid generator.
  • Commercially available products include WPAG-145, WPAG-149, WPAG-170, WPAG-199, WPAG-336, WPAG-376, WPAG-370, WPAG-469, WPAG-638, and WPAG-699. (Manufactured by Kojunyaku Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative type curable. It is more preferably 2 to 15% by mass. Only one type of photoacid generator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more photoacid generators are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • a solvent a known solvent can be arbitrarily used.
  • the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides, and amides.
  • esters include ethyl acetate, -n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -caprolactone.
  • alkylalkyloxyacetate eg, methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)
  • 3-alkyloxypropionate alkyl esters eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc.
  • 2-alkyloxypropionate alkyl esters eg, methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, propyl 2-alkyloxypropionate
  • Etc. eg, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate
  • 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate etc.
  • Methyl acid and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.
  • methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, pyruvin Suitable examples include propyl acid acid, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutate, ethyl 2-oxobutate and the like.
  • ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol.
  • Suitable examples include monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate.
  • ketones for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone and the like are preferable.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene and the like are preferable.
  • sulfoxides for example, dimethyl sulfoxide is preferable.
  • N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • N, N-dimethylacetamide N, N-dimethylformamide and the like are preferable.
  • the solvent is preferably a mixture of two or more types from the viewpoint of improving the properties of the coated surface.
  • the mixed solvent to be mixed is preferable.
  • the combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and ⁇ -butyrolactone is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the negative curable composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, and is preferably 5 to 75% by mass. It is more preferable that the amount is 10 to 70% by mass, and more preferably 40 to 70% by mass.
  • the solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness of the coating film and the coating method.
  • Only one type of solvent may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of solvents are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention comprises a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a sulfonamide structure and a thiourea structure. Further, it is preferable to include it.
  • the sulfonamide structure is a structure represented by the following formula (S-1).
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group
  • R may be bonded to another structure to form a ring structure
  • * may independently form a binding site with another structure.
  • the R is preferably the same group as R 2 in the following formula (S-2).
  • the compound having a sulfonamide structure may be a compound having two or more sulfonamide structures, but a compound having one sulfonamide structure is preferable.
  • the compound having a sulfonamide structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (S-2).
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and two or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are bonded to each other. It may form a ring structure. It is preferable that R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are independently monovalent organic groups.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 include a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, and a carboxy group.
  • examples thereof include a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, or a group in which two or more of these are combined.
  • the alkyl group an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group and the like.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group and the like.
  • an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentoxy group and the like.
  • As the alkoxysilyl group an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Examples of the alkoxysilyl group include a methoxysilyl group, an ethoxysilyl group, a propoxysilyl group and a butoxysilyl group.
  • aryl group an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • heterocyclic group examples include a triazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an isooxazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring and a piperidine ring.
  • R 1 is an aryl group and R 2 and R 3 are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups are preferable.
  • Examples of compounds having a sulfonamide structure include benzenesulfonamide, dimethylbenzenesulfonamide, N-butylbenzenesulfonamide, sulfanylamide, o-toluenesulfonamide, p-toluenesulfonamide, hydroxynaphthalenesulfonamide, naphthalene-1.
  • the thiourea structure is a structure represented by the following formula (T-1).
  • R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 4 and R 5 may be combined to form a ring structure, where R 4 is.
  • the ring structure may be formed by combining with other structures to which * is bonded, R 5 may be combined with other structures to which * is bonded to form a ring structure, and * may be independently and others. Represents the site of connection with the structure of.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently hydrogen atoms.
  • R 4 and R 5 include a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxy group, and a carbonyl group.
  • examples thereof include an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, or a group in which two or more of these are combined.
  • the alkyl group an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group and the like.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group and the like.
  • an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentoxy group and the like.
  • As the alkoxysilyl group an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Examples of the alkoxysilyl group include a methoxysilyl group, an ethoxysilyl group, a propoxysilyl group and a butoxysilyl group.
  • aryl group an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • heterocyclic group examples include a triazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an isooxazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring and a piperidine ring.
  • the compound having a thiourea structure may be a compound having two or more thiourea structures, but a compound having one thiourea structure is preferable.
  • the compound having a thiourea structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (T-2).
  • R 4 to R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least two of R 4 to R 7 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure. You may.
  • R 4 and R 5 have the same meanings as R 4 and R 5 in formula (T-1), a preferable embodiment thereof is also the same.
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently monovalent organic groups.
  • the preferred embodiment of the monovalent organic group in R 6 and R 7 is the same as the preferred embodiment of the monovalent organic group in R 4 and R 5 in the formula (T-1). ..
  • Examples of compounds having a thiourea structure include N-acetylthiourea, N-allyl thiourea, N-allyl-N'-(2-hydroxyethyl) thiourea, 1-adamantyl thiourea, N-benzoyl thiourea, N, N'-.
  • Diphenylthiourea 1-benzyl-phenylthiourea, 1,3-dibutylthiourea, 1,3-diisopropylthiourea, 1,3-dicyclohexylthiourea, 1- (3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl) -3-methylthiourea, trimethyl Examples thereof include thiourea, tetramethylthiourea, N, N-diphenylthiourea, ethylenethiourea (2-imidazolinthione), carbimazole, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-thiohydranthin.
  • the content of the compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the sulfonamide structure and the thiourea structure is 0.05 to 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 3% by mass.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention may contain only one compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a sulfonamide structure and a thiourea structure, or may contain two or more compounds. When only one type is contained, the content of the compound is preferably within the above range, and when two or more types are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor.
  • a migration inhibitor By including the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively suppress the movement of metal ions derived from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the negative curable composition layer.
  • the migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, but heterocycles (pyrazole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, etc.
  • triazole-based compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole and benzotriazole
  • tetrazole-based compounds such as 1H-tetrazole and 5-phenyltetrazole can be preferably used.
  • an ion trap agent that traps anions such as halogen ions can also be used.
  • Examples of other migration inhibitors include rust preventives described in paragraph 0094 of JP2013-015701, compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP2009-283711, and JP2011-059656.
  • the compounds described in paragraph 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of JP2012-194520A, the compounds described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, and the like can be used.
  • the migration inhibitor include the following compounds.
  • the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition. , 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the migration inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of migration inhibitors, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
  • polymerization inhibitor examples include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butylcatechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'.
  • -Thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine, N-nitrosodiphenylamine , N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediamine tetraacetic acid, glycol etherdiamine tetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1 -Nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5- (N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino) phenol, N-nitroso-N- (1-naphthyl) hydroxyamine ammonium salt, Bis (4-hydroxy-3,5-ter
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.02 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 2.5% by mass.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of polymerization inhibitors, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention is, if necessary, various additives such as a sensitizer such as N-phenyldiethanolamine, a chain transfer agent, and a surfactant, as long as the effects of the present invention can be obtained.
  • a sensitizer such as N-phenyldiethanolamine
  • a chain transfer agent such as N-phenyldiethanolamine
  • a surfactant such as N-phenyldiethanolamine
  • Higher fatty acid derivatives, inorganic particles, curing agents, curing catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-aggregation agents and the like can be blended.
  • the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the negative curable composition.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizer.
  • the sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electron-excited state.
  • the sensitizer in the electron-excited state comes into contact with the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the photoradical polymerization initiator, and the like, and acts such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur.
  • the thermal radical polymerization initiator and the photoradical polymerization initiator undergo a chemical change and decompose to generate radicals, acids or bases.
  • the sensitizer include sensitizers such as N-phenyldiethanolamine.
  • the content of the sensitizer is 0.01 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass.
  • the sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the Third Edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by the Society of Polymer Science, 2005), pp. 683-684.
  • As the chain transfer agent for example, a group of compounds having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule is used. They can donate hydrogen to low-activity radicals to generate radicals, or they can be oxidized and then deprotonated to generate radicals.
  • a thiol compound can be preferably used.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is 0.01 to 20 mass by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. Parts are preferable, 1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 1 to 5 parts by mass is further preferable.
  • the chain transfer agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more types of chain transfer agents, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • Each type of surfactant may be added to the negative curable composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving the coatability.
  • the surfactant various types of surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants can be used.
  • the following surfactants are also preferable.
  • the parentheses indicating the repeating unit of the main chain represent the content (mol%) of each repeating unit
  • the parentheses indicating the repeating unit of the side chain represent the number of repetitions of each repeating unit.
  • the surfactant the compound described in paragraphs 0159 to 0165 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.
  • the content of the surfactant is 0.001 to 2.0 mass by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. %, More preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more types of surfactant, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • Higher fatty acid derivative In the negative curable composition of the present invention, in order to prevent polymerization inhibition due to oxygen, a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide is added, and the negative curable composition is cured in the process of drying after application. It may be unevenly distributed on the surface of the sex composition.
  • the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is 0.1 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is preferable to have.
  • the higher fatty acid derivative may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more higher fatty acid derivatives, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the water content of the negative curable composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.6% by mass from the viewpoint of coating surface properties.
  • Examples of the method for maintaining the water content include adjusting the humidity under storage conditions and reducing the porosity of the storage container during storage.
  • the metal content of the negative curable composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, still more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm, from the viewpoint of insulating properties. ..
  • Examples of the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel and the like. When a plurality of metals are contained, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range.
  • a raw material having a low metal content is selected as the raw material constituting the negative curable composition of the present invention.
  • Filter filtration is performed on the raw materials constituting the negative curable composition of the present invention, the inside of the apparatus is lined with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and distillation is performed under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible. The method can be mentioned.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably has a halogen atom content of less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and 200 mass ppm from the viewpoint of wiring corrosiveness. More preferably less than mass ppm.
  • those existing in the state of halogen ions are preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm.
  • the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. It is preferable that the total amount of chlorine atom and bromine atom, or chlorine ion and bromine ion is in the above range, respectively.
  • ion exchange treatment and the like are preferably mentioned.
  • a conventionally known storage container can be used as the storage container for the negative curable composition of the present invention.
  • a multi-layer bottle composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and 6 types of resin are used for the purpose of suppressing impurities from being mixed into the raw materials and the negative curable composition. It is also preferable to use a bottle having a 7-layer structure. Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. In addition, it can also be used for forming an insulating film of a semiconductor device, forming a stress buffer film, and the like.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing each of the above components.
  • the mixing method is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be used.
  • the filter pore diameter is preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the filter may be one that has been pre-cleaned with an organic solvent.
  • a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When using a plurality of types of filters, filters having different pore diameters or materials may be used in combination. Moreover, you may filter various materials a plurality of times.
  • circulation filtration When filtering a plurality of times, circulation filtration may be used. Moreover, you may pressurize and perform filtration. When pressurizing and filtering, the pressurizing pressure is preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less.
  • impurities may be removed using an adsorbent. Filter filtration and impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent may be combined.
  • adsorbent a known adsorbent can be used. Examples thereof include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • the cured film of the present invention is obtained by curing the negative curable composition of the present invention.
  • the film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be, for example, 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and can be 1 ⁇ m or more. Further, the upper limit value can be 100 ⁇ m or less, and can be 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the cured film of the present invention may be laminated in two or more layers, and further in three to seven layers to form a laminated body. It is preferable that the laminate of the present invention contains two or more cured films and includes a metal layer between any of the cured films. For example, a laminate containing at least a layer structure in which three layers of a first cured film, a metal layer, and a second cured film are laminated in this order is preferable.
  • the first cured film and the second cured film are both cured films of the present invention.
  • both the first cured film and the second cured film are the negative type of the present invention.
  • a preferred embodiment is a film obtained by curing the curable composition.
  • the negative curable composition of the present invention used for forming the first cured film and the negative curable composition of the present invention used for forming the second cured film have the same composition. It may be a product or a composition having a different composition.
  • the metal layer in the laminate of the present invention is preferably used as metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
  • Examples of applicable fields of the cured film of the present invention include an insulating film for a semiconductor device, an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer, a stress buffer film, and the like.
  • Other examples include forming a pattern by etching on a sealing film, a substrate material (base film or coverlay of a flexible printed circuit board, an interlayer insulating film), or an insulating film for mounting purposes as described above.
  • the cured film in the present invention can also be used for manufacturing plate surfaces such as offset plate surfaces or screen plate surfaces, for etching molded parts, and for manufacturing protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, especially in microelectronics.
  • the method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes a film forming step of applying the negative curable composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a film.
  • the method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes the film forming step, an exposure step of exposing the film, and a developing step of developing the exposed film.
  • the method for producing a cured film of the present invention more preferably includes a heating step of heating the film. Specifically, it is also preferable to include the following steps (a) to (d).
  • A Film forming step of applying a negative curable composition to a substrate to form a film (negative curable composition layer)
  • Exposure step of exposing the film after the film forming step
  • Development step of developing the exposed film
  • Heating step of heating the developed film
  • the resin layer cured by exposure can be further cured.
  • the above-mentioned thermal acid generator is decomposed, and the generated acid promotes the cross-linking of the thermal cross-linking agent, so that sufficient curability can be obtained.
  • the method for producing a laminate according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes the method for producing a cured film of the present invention.
  • the method for producing the laminated body of the present embodiment is the step (a), the steps (a) to (c), or (a) after forming the cured film according to the above-mentioned method for producing the cured film. )-(D).
  • a laminated body can be obtained.
  • the production method includes a film forming step (layer forming step) in which a negative curable composition is applied to a substrate to form a film (layered).
  • the type of base material can be appropriately determined depending on the application, but semiconductor-made base materials such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical film, ceramic material, and thin-film deposition film, There are no particular restrictions on magnetic film, reflective film, metal substrate such as Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe, paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (thin film transistor) array substrate, plasma display panel (PDP) electrode plate, and the like.
  • a semiconductor-made base material is particularly preferable, and a silicon base material is more preferable.
  • these base materials may be provided with a layer such as an adhesion layer or an oxide layer on the surface thereof.
  • the shape of the base material is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular.
  • the size of the base material is, for example, 100 to 450 mm in diameter, preferably 200 to 450 mm in a circular shape. If it is rectangular, for example, the length of the short side is 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm.
  • a plate-shaped base material (board) is used as the base material.
  • the resin layer or the metal layer serves as a base material.
  • Coating is preferable as a means for applying the negative curable composition to the substrate.
  • the means to be applied include a dip coating method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a wire bar coating method, a gravure coating method, an extrusion coating method, a spray coating method, a spin coating method, and a slit coating method.
  • the inkjet method and the like are exemplified. From the viewpoint of the uniformity of the thickness of the negative curable composition layer, a spin coating method, a slit coating method, a spray coating method, and an inkjet method are more preferable.
  • a resin layer having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting an appropriate solid content concentration and coating conditions according to the method. Further, the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the base material.
  • a spin coating method, a spray coating method, an inkjet method, etc. are preferable, and for a rectangular base material, a slit coating method or a spray coating method is used.
  • the method, the inkjet method and the like are preferable.
  • the spin coating method for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 2,000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute. Further, it is also possible to apply a method of transferring a coating film previously formed on a temporary support by the above-mentioned application method onto a substrate.
  • the production method described in paragraphs 0023, 0036 to 0051 of JP-A-2006-023696 and paragraphs 096 to 0108 of JP-A-2006-047592 can be preferably used in the present invention.
  • a step of removing the excess film at the edge of the base material may be performed. Examples of such a process include edge bead conditioner (EBR), air knife and the like.
  • EBR edge bead conditioner
  • the production method of the present invention may include a step of forming the film (negative curable composition layer), followed by a film forming step (layer forming step), and then drying to remove the solvent.
  • the preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150 ° C., more preferably 70 ° C. to 130 ° C., still more preferably 90 ° C. to 110 ° C.
  • the drying time is exemplified by 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes, and more preferably 3 minutes to 7 minutes.
  • the production method of the present invention may include an exposure step of exposing the film (negative curable composition layer).
  • the exposure amount is not particularly determined as long as the negative curable composition can be cured, but for example, it is preferable to irradiate 100 to 10,000 mJ / cm 2 in terms of exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm, and 200 to 8,000 mJ. It is more preferable to irradiate with / cm 2.
  • the exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined in the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.
  • the exposure wavelengths are (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high-pressure mercury lamp, g-ray (wavelength 436 nm), h.
  • Line (wavelength 405 nm), i-line (wavelength 365 nm), broad (3 wavelengths of g, h, i-line), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer Examples thereof include a laser (wavelength 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet rays; EUV (wavelength 13.6 nm), and (6) electron beam.
  • exposure with a high-pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferable, and exposure with an i-line is particularly preferable. As a result, particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the production method of the present invention may include a developing step of developing the exposed film (negative curable composition layer) (developing the film). By developing, the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed.
  • the developing method is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and examples thereof include ejection from a nozzle, spray spraying, immersion of a developing solution in a base material, and the like, and ejection from a nozzle is preferably used.
  • the developing process includes a process in which the developer is continuously supplied to the substrate, a process in which the developer is kept in a substantially stationary state on the substrate, a process in which the developer is vibrated by ultrasonic waves, and a process in which they are combined. It can be adopted.
  • Development is performed using a developer.
  • the developer can be used without particular limitation as long as the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed.
  • the developer preferably has an organic solvent content of 10% by mass or less based on the total mass of the developer, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and 1% by mass or less. Is more preferable, and a developing solution containing no organic solvent is particularly preferable.
  • the developer may contain a known surfactant.
  • the developing solution in alkaline development is more preferably an aqueous solution having a pH of 10 to 15. Examples of the alkaline compound contained in the developing solution in alkaline development include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and metasilicate. Examples include potassium silicate, ammonia or amine.
  • amines examples include ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, alkanolamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, quaternary ammonium hydroxide, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
  • TMAH tetraethylammonium hydroxide
  • tetrabutylammonium hydroxide and the like can be mentioned.
  • an alkaline compound containing no metal is preferable, and an ammonium compound is more preferable.
  • the content of TMAH is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and 0.3 to 3 to the total mass of the developing solution. Mass% is more preferred.
  • the alkaline compound may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more alkaline compounds, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the development time is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • the temperature of the developing solution at the time of development is not particularly specified, but is usually 20 to 40 ° C.
  • the rinsing is preferably performed with a solvent different from that of the developing solution. For example, it can be rinsed with water.
  • the rinsing time is preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.
  • the production method of the present invention preferably includes a step (heating step) of heating the developed film.
  • the heating step is preferably included after the film forming step (layer forming step), the drying step, and the developing step.
  • cross-linking of an unreacted cross-linking agent can proceed.
  • the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the layer in the heating step is preferably 50 ° C. or higher, more preferably 80 ° C. or higher, further preferably 140 ° C. or higher, and 150 ° C. or higher. Is even more preferable, 160 ° C. or higher is even more preferable, and 170 ° C. or higher is even more preferable.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 ° C. or lower, more preferably 450 ° C. or lower, further preferably 350 ° C. or lower, further preferably 250 ° C. or lower, and preferably 220 ° C. or lower. Even more preferable.
  • the heating is preferably performed at a heating rate of 1 to 12 ° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./min, and even more preferably 3 to 10 ° C./min.
  • a heating rate of 1 to 12 ° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./min, and even more preferably 3 to 10 ° C./min.
  • the temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., more preferably 20 ° C. to 130 ° C., and even more preferably 25 ° C. to 120 ° C.
  • the temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the process of heating to the maximum heating temperature is started.
  • the temperature of the film (layer) after drying for example, from the boiling point of the solvent contained in the negative curable composition.
  • the heating time (heating time at the maximum heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and even more preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 180 ° C. to 320 ° C., more preferably 180 ° C. to 260 ° C. from the viewpoint of adhesion between layers of the cured film. The reason is not clear, but it is considered that the ethynyl groups of the specific resin between the layers are undergoing a cross-linking reaction at this temperature.
  • Heating may be performed in stages. As an example, the temperature is raised from 25 ° C. to 180 ° C. at 3 ° C./min and held at 180 ° C. for 60 minutes, the temperature is raised from 180 ° C. to 200 ° C. at 2 ° C./min, and held at 200 ° C. for 120 minutes. , Etc. may be performed.
  • the heating temperature as the pretreatment step is preferably 100 to 200 ° C., more preferably 110 to 190 ° C., and even more preferably 120 to 185 ° C. In this pretreatment step, it is also preferable to perform the treatment while irradiating with ultraviolet rays as described in US Pat. No. 9,159,547.
  • the pretreatment step is preferably performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes.
  • the pretreatment may be performed in two or more steps.
  • the pretreatment step 1 may be performed in the range of 100 to 150 ° C.
  • the pretreatment step 2 may be performed in the range of 150 to 200 ° C.
  • cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate in this case is preferably 1 to 5 ° C./min.
  • the heating step is preferably performed in an atmosphere having a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon from the viewpoint of preventing decomposition of the specific resin.
  • the oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
  • the heating means in the heating step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hot plate, an infrared furnace, an electric heating oven, and a hot air oven.
  • the production method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the developed film (negative curable composition layer).
  • metal layer existing metal types can be used without particular limitation, and copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, alloys containing these metals and the like are exemplified, and copper is used. And aluminum are more preferred, and copper is even more preferred.
  • the method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and an existing method can be applied.
  • the methods described in JP-A-2007-157879, JP-A-2001-521288, JP-A-2004-214501, and JP-A-2004-101850 can be used.
  • photolithography, lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and a method combining these can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electroplating can be mentioned.
  • the thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.1 to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 10 ⁇ m in the thickest portion.
  • the production method of the present invention preferably further includes a laminating step.
  • the laminating step means that (a) a film forming step (layer forming step), (b) an exposure step, (c) a developing step, and (d) a heating step are performed again on the surface of the cured film (resin layer) or the metal layer. , A series of steps including performing in this order. However, the mode may be such that only the film forming step (a) is repeated. Further, (d) the heating step may be performed collectively at the end or the middle of the lamination. That is, the steps (a) to (c) may be repeated a predetermined number of times, and then the heating of (d) may be performed to cure the laminated negative curable composition layers all at once.
  • the (c) developing step may be followed by the (e) metal layer forming step, and even if the heating is performed each time (d), the steps of (d) are collectively performed after laminating a predetermined number of times. Heating may be performed. Needless to say, the laminating step may further include the above-mentioned drying step, heating step, and the like as appropriate.
  • the surface activation treatment step may be further performed after the heating step, the exposure step, or the metal layer forming step.
  • An example of the surface activation treatment is plasma treatment.
  • the laminating step is preferably performed 2 to 5 times, more preferably 3 to 5 times. Further, each layer in the laminating step may be a layer having the same composition, shape, film thickness, etc., or may be a different layer.
  • a structure such as a resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer is preferable, and the resin layer is preferably 3 layers or more and 7 layers or less, and more preferably 3 layers or more and 5 layers or less.
  • a cured film (resin layer) of the negative curable composition so as to cover the metal layer after the metal layer is provided.
  • Examples thereof include an embodiment in which the steps, (b) exposure steps, (c) development steps, and (e) metal layer forming steps are repeated in this order, and (d) heating steps are collectively provided at the end or in the middle.
  • the present invention also discloses a semiconductor device containing the cured film or laminate of the present invention.
  • Specific examples of the semiconductor device in which the negative curable composition of the present invention is used to form the interlayer insulating film for the rewiring layer are described in paragraphs 0213 to 0218 and FIG. It can be taken into consideration and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
  • ⁇ Synthesis example 1> [Alkali-soluble polyimide A-1: oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane and 2 -Synthesis using isocyanatoethyl methacrylate] 65.56 g (179 mmol) of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane while removing water in a drying reactor equipped with a flat bottom joint equipped with a stirrer, condenser and internal thermometer.
  • ⁇ Synthesis example 2> [Alkali-soluble polyimide A-2: oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane and 2-isocyanate Synthesis using natoethylmethacrylate]
  • A-1 the same molar amount of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane is used instead of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane.
  • Alkali-soluble polyimide A-2 was synthesized by the same method as that of A-1 except for the above.
  • Alkali-soluble polyimide A-3 Synthesis using oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane and 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate]
  • the amount of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane used was 69. without using 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane.
  • Alkali-soluble polyimide A-3 was synthesized by the same method as in the synthesis of A-1, except that the amount was 22 g (189 mmol).
  • ⁇ Synthesis example 4> [Alkali-soluble polyimide A-4: oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, and 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane. Synthesis using] In the synthesis of A-1, the alkali-soluble polyimide A-4 was synthesized by the same method as in the synthesis of A-1, except that 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate was not added.
  • ⁇ Synthesis example 5> [Alkali-soluble polyimide A-5: oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,5-dimercapto-p-phenylenediamine, 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane and 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate were used. Synthetic] In the synthesis of A-1, except that the same molar amount of 2,5-dimercapto-p-phenylenediamine was used instead of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, A- Alkali-soluble polyimide A-5 was synthesized by the same method as in the synthesis of 1.
  • Examples and Comparative Examples> the components shown in Tables 1 to 3 below were mixed to obtain each negative curable composition. Further, in each comparative example, the components shown in Table 3 below were mixed to obtain each comparative composition. Specifically, the content of the components shown in Tables 1 to 3 was the amount shown in "Mass parts" in Tables 1 to 3. Further, in each composition, the solvent content was adjusted so that the solid content concentration of the composition was the value shown in Tables 1 to 3. In the table, for example, the description of "E-1 / E-4" and "0.5 / 0.5" refers to 0.5 parts by mass of E-1 and 0.5 parts by mass of E-4. It means that it was used.
  • the description in the column of "metal concentration” in Tables 1 to 3 represents the metal content (mass ppm) with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the obtained negative curable composition and the comparative composition were pressure-filtered through a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene having a pore width of 0.8 ⁇ m. Further, in Tables 1 to 3, the description of "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the corresponding component.
  • [Radical generator] -C-1 ADEKA NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation)
  • C-2 Omnirad 819 (manufactured by IGM Resins)
  • C-3 Irgacure 784 (manufactured by BASF)
  • E-1 KBM-5103 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.)
  • E-2 N- (3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl) phthalamic acid
  • E-3 KBE-403 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.)
  • E-4 IM-1000 (manufactured by JX Nippon Mining & Metals Co., Ltd.)
  • E-1 to E-3 are compounds corresponding to the specific silane coupling agent. Since E-4 does not have the group e-2, it is a compound that does not correspond to the specific silane coupling agent.
  • each negative curable composition or comparative composition is applied (coated) in layers on a silicon wafer by a spin coating method to form a curable resin composition. A layer was formed.
  • the negative curable composition was applied (coated) in layers on a silicon wafer by the slit coating method to form a composition layer.
  • the silicon wafer to which the obtained composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C. for 5 minutes, and the curability of the thickness shown in Tables 1 to 3 was obtained on the silicon wafer. A resin composition layer was formed.
  • the curable resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was entirely exposed to an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C). After exposure, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes.
  • the curable resin composition layer (resin layer) after heating is heated at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere to the temperature of "cure temperature (° C.)" in Tables 1 to 3. After reaching, this temperature was maintained for the time listed in "Cure Time (min)" in Tables 1-3.
  • the cured resin layer was immersed in a 4.9 mass% hydrofluoric acid aqueous solution, and the resin layer was peeled off from the silicon wafer to obtain a resin film 1.
  • the elongation at break of the resin film 1 was set to a crosshead speed of 300 mm / min, a sample width of 10 mm, and a sample length of 50 mm using a tensile tester (Tensilon) at 25 ° C. and 65% relative humidity (RH) in the longitudinal direction of the film.
  • the measurement was performed in accordance with JIS-K6251: 2017 in an environment.
  • the elongation at break in the longitudinal direction was measured 5 times, and the arithmetic average value was used as an index value.
  • the evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are described in the column of "evaluation of elongation at break" in Tables 1 to 3. It can be said that the larger the index value is, the more excellent the obtained cured film is in elongation at break.
  • C The above index value was 40% or less.
  • each of the prepared curable resin compositions or comparative compositions was applied onto a silicon wafer by a spin coating method to form a composition layer.
  • the negative curable composition was applied (coated) in layers on a silicon wafer by the slit coating method to form a composition layer.
  • the silicon wafer to which the obtained composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to form a composition layer having a uniform thickness of 15 ⁇ m on the silicon wafer.
  • composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed to an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C), and the exposed composition layer (resin layer) was exposed at 10 ° C./ After the temperature is raised at a heating rate of 1 minute and reaches the temperature of "cure temperature (° C.)" in Tables 1 to 3, this temperature is set to the time shown in "cure time (min)” in Tables 1 to 3. It was maintained for a while to obtain a cured film. The obtained cured film was immersed in the following chemical solution under the following conditions, and the dissolution rate was calculated.
  • the dissolution rate was less than 200 nm / min.
  • B The dissolution rate was 200 nm / min or more and less than 300 nm / min.
  • C The dissolution rate was 300 nm / min or more.
  • each negative curable composition or comparative composition is applied (coated) in layers on a copper substrate by a spin coating method to form a curable resin composition. A layer was formed.
  • the negative curable composition was applied (coated) in layers on a copper substrate by the slit coating method to form a composition layer.
  • the copper substrate to which the obtained composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C. for 5 minutes, and the curability of the thickness shown in Tables 1 to 3 was obtained on the copper substrate. A resin composition layer was formed.
  • the curable resin composition layer on the copper substrate is exposed using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) with an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a photomask having a 100 ⁇ m square unmasked portion. After the exposure, the mixture was heated at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes. After the above heating, the mixture was developed with a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution for 5 minutes and rinsed with pure water for 20 seconds to obtain a 100 ⁇ m square resin layer.
  • the temperature is raised at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min, and after reaching the temperature of "cure temperature (° C.)" in Tables 1 to 3, the “cure time (cure time) in Tables 1 to 3 is reached. It was maintained for the time described in "min)".
  • the shear force of a 100 ⁇ m rectangular resin layer on a copper substrate was measured using a bond tester (CondorSigma, manufactured by XYZTEC) in an environment of 25 ° C. and 65% relative humidity (RH). It can be said that the larger the shearing force, the larger the adhesion force and the better the adhesion.
  • the evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are described in the "Adhesion evaluation" column of Tables 1 to 3. -Evaluation criteria- A: The shearing force exceeded 40 gf. B: The shearing force was more than 25 gf and 40 gf or less. C: The shearing force was 25 gf or less. However, 1 gf is 9.80665 ⁇ 10 -3 N (Newton).
  • the negative curable composition containing the alkali-soluble polyimide, a plurality of types of cross-linking agents having different cross-linking groups, and a specific silane coupling agent according to the present invention has excellent chemical resistance. It can be seen that a cured film can be obtained.
  • the comparative composition according to Comparative Example 1 does not contain a specific silane coupling agent. It can be seen that the comparative composition according to Comparative Example 1 is inferior in chemical resistance in the obtained cured film.
  • Example 101 The negative curable composition used in Example 1 was applied in layers to the surface of the copper thin layer of the resin base material having the copper thin layer formed on the surface by a spin coating method, and dried at 80 ° C. for 5 minutes. After forming a negative curable composition layer having a film thickness of 20 ⁇ m, exposure was performed using a stepper (NSR1505 i6, manufactured by Nikon Corporation). The exposure was performed through a mask (a binary mask having a pattern of 1: 1 line and space and a line width of 10 ⁇ m) at a wavelength of 365 nm. After exposure, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes.
  • the mixture was developed with a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution for 5 minutes and rinsed with pure water for 20 seconds to obtain a layer pattern.
  • the temperature was raised at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 200 ° C., the temperature was maintained at 200 ° C. for 120 minutes to form an interlayer insulating film for the rewiring layer.
  • the interlayer insulating film for the rewiring layer was excellent in insulating property.
  • a semiconductor device was manufactured using these interlayer insulating films for the rewiring layer, it was confirmed that the semiconductor device operated without any problem.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a negative curable composition wherein the obtained cured film has excellent chemical resistance; a cured film obtained by curing said negative curable composition; a laminate including said cured film; a method for manufacturing said cured film; and a semiconductor device including said cured film or said laminate. This negative curable composition contains an alkali-soluble polyimide, multiple kinds of crosslinking agents having different crosslinking groups, and a silane coupling agent, wherein the silane coupling agent has: an alkoxy group e-1 directly bonded to a silicon atom; and a group e-2 which is different from e-1 and can form a covalent bond with at least one among the multiple kinds of crosslinking agents. This cured film is obtained by curing the negative curable composition. This laminate includes the cured film. This semiconductor device includes the cured film or the laminate. This method for manufacturing the cured film includes a step for applying the negative curable composition to a substrate to form a film.

Description

ネガ型硬化性組成物、硬化膜、積層体、硬化膜の製造方法、及び、半導体デバイスNegative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
 本発明は、ネガ型硬化性組成物、硬化膜、積層体、硬化膜の製造方法、及び、半導体デバイスに関する。 The present invention relates to a negative curable composition, a cured film, a laminate, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device.
 ポリイミド樹脂は、耐熱性及び絶縁性等に優れるため、様々な用途に適用されている。上記用途としては特に限定されないが、実装用の半導体デバイスを例に挙げると、絶縁膜や封止材の材料、又は、保護膜としての利用が挙げられる。また、フレキシブル基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイなどとしても用いられている。 Polyimide resin is applied to various applications because it has excellent heat resistance and insulating properties. The above application is not particularly limited, and examples of a semiconductor device for mounting include use as a material for an insulating film and a sealing material, or as a protective film. It is also used as a base film and coverlay for flexible substrates.
 例えば上述した用途において、ポリイミド樹脂は、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミド樹脂を含むネガ型硬化性組成物の形態で用いられる。
 このようなネガ型硬化性組成物を、例えば塗布等により基材に適用し、その後、必要に応じて露光、現像、加熱等を行うことにより、硬化した樹脂を基材上に形成することができる。
 ネガ型硬化性組成物は、公知の塗布方法等により適用可能であるため、例えば、適用されるネガ型硬化性組成物の適用時の形状、大きさ、適用位置等の設計の自由度が高いなど、製造上の適応性に優れるといえる。ポリイミド等が有する高い性能に加え、このような製造上の適応性に優れる観点から、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドを含むネガ型硬化性組成物の産業上の応用展開がますます期待されている。
For example, in the above-mentioned applications, the polyimide resin is used in the form of a negative curable composition containing an alkali-soluble polyimide resin.
Such a negative curable composition can be applied to a substrate by, for example, coating, and then exposed, developed, heated, etc., if necessary, to form a cured resin on the substrate. it can.
Since the negative curable composition can be applied by a known coating method or the like, for example, there is a high degree of freedom in designing the shape, size, application position, etc. of the applied negative curable composition at the time of application. It can be said that it has excellent manufacturing adaptability. In addition to the high performance of polyimide and the like, from the viewpoint of excellent adaptability in manufacturing, industrial application development of a negative curable composition containing an alkali-soluble polyimide is expected more and more.
 例えば、特許文献1には、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミド(a)、不飽和結合含有化合物(b)、熱架橋性化合物(c)及び特定の構造を有する光重合開始剤(d)を含有する、ことを特徴とする感光性樹脂組成物が記載されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 states that it contains an alkali-soluble polyimide (a), an unsaturated bond-containing compound (b), a heat-crosslinkable compound (c), and a photopolymerization initiator (d) having a specific structure. A characteristic photosensitive resin composition is described.
国際公開第2018/173840号International Publication No. 2018/173840
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドを含むネガ型硬化性組成物において、得られる硬化物の耐薬品性に優れたネガ型硬化性組成物の提供が望まれている。 In a negative curable composition containing an alkali-soluble polyimide, it is desired to provide a negative curable composition having excellent chemical resistance of the obtained cured product.
 本発明は、得られる硬化膜の耐薬品性に優れるネガ型硬化性組成物、上記ネガ型硬化性組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜、上記硬化膜を含む積層体、上記硬化膜の製造方法、及び、上記硬化膜又は上記積層体を含む半導体デバイスを提供することを目的とする。 The present invention relates to a negative curable composition having excellent chemical resistance of the obtained cured film, a cured film obtained by curing the negative curable composition, a laminate containing the cured film, and a method for producing the cured film. , And a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate.
 本発明の代表的な実施態様の例を以下に示す。
<1> アルカリ可溶性ポリイミド、
 架橋性基が異なる複数種の架橋剤、及び、
 シランカップリング剤を含み、
 上記シランカップリング剤が、ケイ素原子に直接結合したアルコキシ基e-1と、上記e-1とは異なる基であって、上記複数種の架橋剤のうち少なくとも1種との間に共有結合を生じうる基e-2とを有する
 ネガ型硬化性組成物。
<2> 上記複数種の架橋剤が、架橋性基としてラジカルの作用により架橋反応が進行するラジカル重合性基を有する架橋剤と、架橋性基として酸の作用により架橋反応が進行する酸架橋性基を有する架橋剤とを含む、<1>に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。
<3> 上記アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドがフッ素原子を有する、<1>又は<2>に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。
<4> 上記アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドがケイ素原子を有する、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。
<5> 上記アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドがエチレン性不飽和結合を有する、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。
<6> 上記アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドがフェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有する、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。
<7> スルホンアミド構造及びチオウレア構造よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一種の構造を有する化合物を含む、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。
<8> オキシム構造を有するラジカル発生剤を含む、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。
<9> 上記複数種の架橋剤のうち少なくとも1種として、エチレン性不飽和結合を3~6個有する化合物を含む、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。
<10> 中和塩型の熱酸発生剤を含む、<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。
<11> 再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられる、<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。
<12> <1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載のネガ型硬化性組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜。
<13> <12>に記載の硬化膜を2層以上含み、上記硬化膜同士のいずれかの間に金属層を含む積層体。
<14> <1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載のネガ型硬化性組成物を基板に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含む、硬化膜の製造方法。
<15> 上記膜を露光する露光工程及び露光された上記膜を現像する現像工程を含む、<14>に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
<16> 上記膜を、50~450℃で加熱する加熱工程を含む、<14>又は<15>に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
<17> <12>に記載の硬化膜又は<13>に記載の積層体を含む、半導体デバイス。
Examples of typical embodiments of the present invention are shown below.
<1> Alkali-soluble polyimide,
Multiple types of cross-linking agents with different cross-linking groups, and
Contains silane coupling agent,
The silane coupling agent has a covalent bond between the alkoxy group e-1 directly bonded to the silicon atom and a group different from the e-1 and at least one of the plurality of types of cross-linking agents. A negative curable composition having a possible group e-2.
<2> The above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents have a cross-linking agent having a radically polymerizable group in which the cross-linking reaction proceeds by the action of a radical as a cross-linking group, and an acid cross-linking property in which the cross-linking reaction proceeds by the action of an acid as a cross-linking group. The negative curable composition according to <1>, which comprises a cross-linking agent having a group.
<3> The negative curable composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the alkali-soluble polyimide has a fluorine atom.
<4> The negative curable composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the alkali-soluble polyimide has a silicon atom.
<5> The negative curable composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the alkali-soluble polyimide has an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
<6> The negative curable composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the alkali-soluble polyimide has a phenolic hydroxy group.
<7> The negative curable composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, which comprises a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a sulfonamide structure and a thiourea structure.
<8> The negative curable composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, which contains a radical generator having an oxime structure.
<9> The negative curability according to any one of <1> to <8>, which comprises a compound having 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds as at least one of the plurality of types of cross-linking agents. Composition.
<10> The negative curable composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, which contains a neutralized salt-type thermoacid generator.
<11> The negative curable composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
<12> A cured film obtained by curing the negative curable composition according to any one of <1> to <11>.
<13> A laminate containing two or more layers of the cured film according to <12> and containing a metal layer between any of the cured films.
<14> A method for producing a cured film, which comprises a film forming step of applying the negative curable composition according to any one of <1> to <11> to a substrate to form a film.
<15> The method for producing a cured film according to <14>, which comprises an exposure step of exposing the film and a developing step of developing the exposed film.
<16> The method for producing a cured film according to <14> or <15>, which comprises a heating step of heating the film at 50 to 450 ° C.
<17> A semiconductor device comprising the cured film according to <12> or the laminate according to <13>.
 本発明によれば、得られる硬化膜の耐薬品性に優れるネガ型硬化性組成物、上記ネガ型硬化性組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜、上記硬化膜を含む積層体、上記硬化膜の製造方法、及び、上記硬化膜又は上記積層体を含む半導体デバイスが提供される。 According to the present invention, a negative type curable composition having excellent chemical resistance of the obtained cured film, a cured film obtained by curing the negative type curable composition, a laminate containing the cured film, and the cured film. A manufacturing method and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate are provided.
 以下、本発明の主要な実施形態について説明する。しかしながら、本発明は、明示した実施形態に限られるものではない。
 本明細書において「~」という記号を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値をそれぞれ下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、その工程の所期の作用が達成できる限りにおいて、他の工程と明確に区別できない工程も含む意味である。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有しない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有しないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた露光も含む。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線又は放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、「アクリレート」及び「メタクリレート」の両方、又は、いずれかを意味し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、「アクリル」及び「メタクリル」の両方、又は、いずれかを意味し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、「アクリロイル」及び「メタクリロイル」の両方、又は、いずれかを意味する。
 本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。また本明細書において、固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他の成分の質量百分率である。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に述べない限り、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィ(GPC測定)に従い、ポリスチレン換算値として定義される。本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、例えば、HLC-8220GPC(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてガードカラムHZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、TSKgel Super HZ2000(東ソー(株)製)を用いることによって求めることができる。それらの分子量は特に述べない限り、溶離液としてTHF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いて測定したものとする。また、GPC測定における検出は特に述べない限り、UV線(紫外線)の波長254nm検出器を使用したものとする。
 本明細書において、積層体を構成する各層の位置関係について、「上」又は「下」と記載したときには、注目している複数の層のうち基準となる層の上側又は下側に他の層があればよい。すなわち、基準となる層と上記他の層の間に、更に第3の層や要素が介在していてもよく、基準となる層と上記他の層は接している必要はない。また、特に断らない限り、基材に対し層が積み重なっていく方向を「上」と称し、又は、感光層がある場合には、基材から感光層へ向かう方向を「上」と称し、その反対方向を「下」と称する。なお、このような上下方向の設定は、本明細書中における便宜のためであり、実際の態様においては、本明細書における「上」方向は、鉛直上向きと異なることもありうる。
 本明細書において、特段の記載がない限り、組成物は、組成物に含まれる各成分として、その成分に該当する2種以上の化合物を含んでもよい。また、特段の記載がない限り、組成物における各成分の含有量とは、その成分に該当する全ての化合物の合計含有量を意味する。
 本明細書において、特に述べない限り、温度は23℃、気圧は101,325Pa(1気圧)、相対湿度は50%RHである。
 本明細書において、好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
Hereinafter, main embodiments of the present invention will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to the specified embodiments.
In the present specification, the numerical range represented by the symbol "-" means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value, respectively.
In the present specification, the term "process" means not only an independent process but also a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes as long as the desired action of the process can be achieved.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation not describing substitution and non-substituent also includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group). For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
Unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" as used herein includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as an electron beam and an ion beam. Examples of the light used for exposure include the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams, or radiation.
As used herein, "(meth) acrylate" means both "acrylate" and "methacrylate", or either, and "(meth) acrylic" means both "acrylic" and "methacryl", or , Either, and "(meth) acryloyl" means both "acryloyl" and "methacryloyl", or either.
In the present specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In the present specification, the total solid content means the total mass of all the components of the composition excluding the solvent. Further, in the present specification, the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene-equivalent values according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement) unless otherwise specified. In the present specification, for the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn), for example, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) is used, and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, and TSKgel are used as columns. It can be obtained by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). Unless otherwise specified, their molecular weights shall be measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent. Further, unless otherwise specified, the detection in the GPC measurement shall be performed by using a detector having a wavelength of 254 nm of UV rays (ultraviolet rays).
In the present specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting the laminated body is described as "upper" or "lower", the other layer is on the upper side or the lower side of the reference layer among the plurality of layers of interest. All you need is. That is, a third layer or element may be further interposed between the reference layer and the other layer, and the reference layer and the other layer need not be in contact with each other. Unless otherwise specified, the direction in which the layers are stacked on the base material is referred to as "upper", or if there is a photosensitive layer, the direction from the base material to the photosensitive layer is referred to as "upper". The opposite direction is referred to as "down". It should be noted that such a vertical setting is for convenience in the present specification, and in an actual embodiment, the "upward" direction in the present specification may be different from the vertical upward direction.
Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, the composition may contain, as each component contained in the composition, two or more kinds of compounds corresponding to the component. Unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in the composition means the total content of all the compounds corresponding to the component.
In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23 ° C., the atmospheric pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 atm), and the relative humidity is 50% RH.
In the present specification, the combination of preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
(ネガ型硬化性組成物)
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミド、架橋性基が異なる複数種の架橋剤、及び、シランカップリング剤を含み、上記シランカップリング剤が、ケイ素原子に直接結合したアルコキシ基e-1と、上記e-1とは異なる基であって、上記複数種の架橋剤のうち少なくとも1種との間に共有結合を生じうる基e-2とを有する。
 以下、本発明において、上記e-1及び上記e-2を有するシランカップリング剤を、「特定シランカップリング剤」ともいう。
(Negative curable composition)
The negative curable composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble polyimide, a plurality of cross-linking agents having different cross-linking groups, and a silane coupling agent, and the above-mentioned silane coupling agent is an alkoxy group directly bonded to a silicon atom. It has e-1 and a group e-2 which is different from the above e-1 and can form a covalent bond with at least one of the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents.
Hereinafter, in the present invention, the silane coupling agent having the above e-1 and the above e-2 is also referred to as a "specific silane coupling agent".
 本発明者らは、鋭意検討した結果、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドと、架橋性基が異なる複数種の架橋剤、及び、特定シランカップリング剤を含むネガ型硬化性組成物から得られる硬化膜は、耐薬品性に優れることを見出した。
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物によれば、例えば、ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)、N-メチルピロリドン(NMP)等の極性溶剤、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液等のアルカリ水溶液、上記極性溶剤と上記アルカリ水溶液との混合液等の薬品に対する溶解性が抑制された、耐薬品性に優れた硬化膜が提供されると考えられる。
 耐薬品性に優れる硬化膜は、例えば、使用時、保管時又は製造時等において溶剤等の薬品に触れる可能性がある製品等に用いる場合、溶剤を含む組成物を硬化膜上に更に適用する場合、硬化膜上に形成された膜に対して溶剤現像を行う場合等に、硬化膜の溶剤等の薬品への溶解、分散等が抑制されるため有用であると考えられる。
 上記効果が得られるメカニズムは不明であるが、以下のように推測される。
 上記特定シランカップリング剤は上記e-1及び上記e-2を有する。そのため、上記ネガ型硬化性組成物の硬化膜においては、上記e-2と上記架橋剤との反応により、上記架橋剤の架橋後の化合物内に上記e-1由来のシロキサン構造が含まれると考えられる。
 すなわち、上記架橋後の化合物は、シロキサン構造を有する化合物となる。硬化膜がこのようなシロキサン構造を有する架橋後の化合物を含むことにより、膜の耐薬品性が優れると推測される。
 また、上記架橋後の化合物が上記シロキサン構造を有することにより、硬化膜の機械特性(破断伸び)及び密着性にも優れやすいと考えられる。
As a result of diligent studies, the present inventors have found that a cured film obtained from a negative curable composition containing an alkali-soluble polyimide, a plurality of cross-linking agents having different cross-linking groups, and a specific silane coupling agent is resistant. It was found to be excellent in chemical properties.
According to the negative curable composition of the present invention, for example, a polar solvent such as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) or N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), an alkaline aqueous solution such as a tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution, or the above polar solvent. It is considered that a cured film having excellent chemical resistance is provided in which the solubility in a chemical such as a mixed solution of the above alkaline aqueous solution is suppressed.
When a cured film having excellent chemical resistance is used for a product or the like that may come into contact with chemicals such as a solvent during use, storage, manufacturing, etc., a composition containing a solvent is further applied on the cured film. In this case, it is considered to be useful because the dissolution and dispersion of the cured film in a chemical such as a solvent are suppressed when the film formed on the cured film is subjected to solvent development.
The mechanism by which the above effect is obtained is unknown, but it is presumed as follows.
The specific silane coupling agent has the above e-1 and the above e-2. Therefore, in the cured film of the negative curable composition, the reaction between the e-2 and the cross-linking agent causes the compound after cross-linking of the cross-linking agent to contain the siloxane structure derived from the e-1. Conceivable.
That is, the crosslinked compound becomes a compound having a siloxane structure. It is presumed that the cured film contains a compound after cross-linking having such a siloxane structure, so that the chemical resistance of the film is excellent.
Further, it is considered that the compound after the cross-linking has the siloxane structure, so that the mechanical properties (break elongation) and the adhesion of the cured film are easily excellent.
 ここで、特許文献1には、特定シランカップリング剤を用いることにより、硬化膜の耐薬品性が向上することについては、記載も示唆もない。
 以下、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物に含まれる成分について詳細に説明する。
Here, Patent Document 1 does not describe or suggest that the chemical resistance of the cured film is improved by using the specific silane coupling agent.
Hereinafter, the components contained in the negative curable composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
<アルカリ可溶性ポリイミド>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドを含む。
 本明細書において、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドとは、100gの2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウム水溶液に対し、23℃で0.1g以上溶解するポリイミドをいい、パターン形成性の観点からは、0.5g以上溶解するポリイミドであることが好ましく、1.0g以上溶解するポリイミドであることが更に好ましい。上記溶解量の上限は特に限定されないが、100g以下であることが好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、得られる硬化膜の破断伸び及び絶縁性の観点からは、複数個のイミド構造を主鎖に有するポリイミドであることが好ましい。
 本明細書において、「主鎖」とは、樹脂を構成する高分子化合物の分子中で相対的に最も長い結合鎖をいい、「側鎖」とはそれ以外の結合鎖をいう。
<Alkali-soluble polyimide>
The negative curable composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble polyimide.
In the present specification, the alkali-soluble polyimide means a polyimide that dissolves 0.1 g or more at 23 ° C. in 100 g of a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium aqueous solution, and 0.5 g or more from the viewpoint of pattern forming property. A polyimide that dissolves is preferable, and a polyimide that dissolves 1.0 g or more is more preferable. The upper limit of the dissolution amount is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 g or less.
Further, the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably a polyimide having a plurality of imide structures in the main chain from the viewpoint of breaking elongation and insulating property of the obtained cured film.
In the present specification, the "main chain" refers to the relatively longest binding chain among the molecules of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and the "side chain" refers to other binding chains.
〔フッ素原子〕
 得られる硬化膜の破断伸びの観点からは、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、フッ素原子を有することが好ましい。
 フッ素原子は、例えば、後述する式(1-1)で表される構造におけるR115、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR132、又は、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131に含まれることが好ましく、後述する式(1-1)で表される構造におけるR115、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR132、又は、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131にフッ化アルキル基として含まれることがより好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの全質量に対するフッ素原子の量は、1~50mol/gであることが好ましく、5~30mol/gであることがより好ましい。
[Fluorine atom]
From the viewpoint of breaking elongation of the obtained cured film, the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably has a fluorine atom.
The fluorine atom is, for example, R 115 in the structure represented by the formula (1-1) described later, R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, or the formula (2-1) described later. ) Is preferably included in R 131 in the repeating unit, R 115 in the structure represented by the formula (1-1) described later, and R in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later. It is more preferable that it is contained as an alkyl fluoride group in 132 or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later.
The amount of fluorine atoms with respect to the total mass of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 1 to 50 mol / g, and more preferably 5 to 30 mol / g.
〔ケイ素原子〕
 得られる硬化膜の破断伸びの観点からは、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、ケイ素原子を有することが好ましい。
 ケイ素原子は、例えば、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131に含まれることが好ましく、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131に後述する有機変性(ポリ)シロキサン構造として含まれることがより好ましい。
 また、上記ケイ素原子又は上記有機変性(ポリ)シロキサン構造はアルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの側鎖に含まれていてもよいが、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの主鎖に含まれることが好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの全質量に対するケイ素原子の量は、0.01~5mol/gであることが好ましく、0.05~1mol/gであることがより好ましい。
[Silicon atom]
From the viewpoint of the elongation at break of the obtained cured film, the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably has a silicon atom.
The silicon atom is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, and will be described later in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later. It is more preferably contained as an organically modified (poly) siloxane structure.
Further, the silicon atom or the organically modified (poly) siloxane structure may be contained in the side chain of the alkali-soluble polyimide, but is preferably contained in the main chain of the alkali-soluble polyimide.
The amount of silicon atoms with respect to the total mass of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 0.01 to 5 mol / g, more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol / g.
〔エチレン性不飽和結合〕
 得られる硬化膜の破断伸びの観点からは、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、エチレン性不飽和結合を有することが好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、エチレン性不飽和結合を主鎖末端に有していてもよいし、側鎖に有していてもよいが、側鎖に有することが好ましい。
 上記エチレン性不飽和結合は、ラジカル重合性を有することが好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和結合は、後述する式(1-1)で表される構造におけるR115、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR132、又は、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131に含まれることが好ましく、後述する式(1-
1)で表される構造におけるR115、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR132、又は、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131にエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基として含まれることがより好ましい。
 これらの中でも、エチレン性不飽和結合は、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131に含まれることが好ましく、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131にエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基として含まれることがより好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基等の芳香環に直接結合した、置換されていてもよいビニル基を有する基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、下記式(III)で表される基などが挙げられる。
[Ethylene unsaturated bond]
From the viewpoint of the elongation at break of the obtained cured film, the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
The alkali-soluble polyimide may have an ethylenically unsaturated bond at the end of the main chain or at the side chain, but it is preferably provided at the side chain.
The ethylenically unsaturated bond preferably has radical polymerization property.
The ethylenically unsaturated bond is R 115 in the structure represented by the formula (1-1) described later, R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, or the formula (2-2-) described later. It is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by 1), and is preferably contained in the formula (1-) described later.
Ethylene in R 115 in the structure represented by 1), R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later. It is more preferably contained as a group having a sex unsaturated bond.
Among these, the ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, and in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later. It is more preferable that R 131 is contained as a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a group having a vinyl group which may be substituted, which is directly bonded to an aromatic ring such as a vinyl group, an allyl group and a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) acrylamide group, and a (meth) group. Examples thereof include an acryloyloxy group and a group represented by the following formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 式(III)中、R200は、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、メチル基が好ましい。 In formula (III), R200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
 式(III)中、R201は、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、-O-CHCH(OH)CH-、-C(=O)O-、-O(C=O)NH-、炭素数2~30の(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基(アルキレン基の炭素数は2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2又は3が特に好ましい;繰り返し数は1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい)、又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた基を表す。
なお、(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基とは、オキシアルキレン基又はポリオキシアルキレン基を意味する。
In formula (III), R 201 is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -O-CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2- , -C (= O) O-, -O (C = O) NH-. , (Poly) oxyalkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms (the alkylene group preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 or 3; the number of repetitions is preferably 1 to 12 and 1 ~ 6 is more preferable, and 1 to 3 are particularly preferable), or a group in which two or more of these are combined is represented.
The (poly) oxyalkylene group means an oxyalkylene group or a polyoxyalkylene group.
 これらの中でも、R201は下記式(R1)~式(R3)のいずれかで表される基であることが好ましく、式(R1)で表される基であることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 式(R1)~(R3)中、Lは単結合、又は、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、炭素数2~30の(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基若しくはこれらを2以上結合した基を表し、Xは酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、*は他の構造との結合部位を表し、●は式(III)中のR201が結合する酸素原子との結合部位を表す。
 式(R1)~(R3)中、Lにおける炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、又は、炭素数2~30の(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基の好ましい態様は、上述のR201における、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、又は、炭素数2~30の(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基の好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(R1)中、Xは酸素原子であることが好ましい。
 式(R1)~(R3)中、*は式(III)中の*と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(R1)で表される構造は、例えば、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基等のヒドロキシ基を有するポリイミドと、イソシアナト基及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物(例えば、2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレート等)とを反応することにより得られる。
 式(R2)で表される構造は、例えば、カルボキシ基を有するポリイミドと、ヒドロキシ基及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物(例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート等)とを反応することにより得られる。
 式(R3)で表される構造は、例えば、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基等のヒドロキシ基を有するポリイミドと、グリシジル基及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物(例えば、グリシジルメタクリレート等)とを反応することにより得られる。
Among these, R 201 is preferably a group represented by any of the following formulas (R1) to (R3), and more preferably a group represented by the formula (R1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
In the formulas (R1) to (R3), L represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a (poly) oxyalkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group in which two or more of these are bonded, and X. Indicates an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, * represents a binding site with another structure, and ● represents a binding site with an oxygen atom to which R 201 in the formula (III) is bonded.
In the formulas (R1) to (R3), a preferred embodiment of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms in L or the (poly) oxyalkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms is the above-mentioned R 201 having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. This is the same as the preferred embodiment of the 12 alkylene group or the (poly) oxyalkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
In formula (R1), X is preferably an oxygen atom.
In formulas (R1) to (R3), * is synonymous with * in formula (III), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
The structure represented by the formula (R1) comprises, for example, a polyimide having a hydroxy group such as a phenolic hydroxy group and a compound having an isocyanato group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate). Obtained by reacting.
The structure represented by the formula (R2) is obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a carboxy group with a compound having a hydroxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, etc.).
The structure represented by the formula (R3) is obtained by reacting, for example, a polyimide having a hydroxy group such as a phenolic hydroxy group with a compound having a glycidyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, glycidyl methacrylate). can get.
 式(III)中、*は他の構造との結合部位を表し、ポリイミドの主鎖との結合部位であることが好ましい。 In formula (III), * represents a binding site with another structure, and is preferably a binding site with the main chain of polyimide.
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの全質量に対するエチレン性不飽和結合の量は、0.05~10mol/gであることが好ましく、0.1~5mol/gであることがより好ましい。 The amount of the ethylenically unsaturated bond with respect to the total mass of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol / g, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol / g.
〔エチレン性不飽和結合以外の架橋性基〕
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、エチレン性不飽和結合以外の架橋性基を有していてもよい。
 エチレン性不飽和結合以外の架橋性基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基等の環状エーテル基、メトキシメチル基等のアルコキシメチル基、メチロール基等が挙げられる。
 エチレン性不飽和結合以外の架橋性基は、例えば、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131に含まれることが好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの全質量に対するエチレン性不飽和結合以外の架橋性基の量は、0.05~10mol/gであることが好ましく、0.1~5mol/gであることがより好ましい。
[Crosslinkable groups other than ethylenically unsaturated bonds]
The alkali-soluble polyimide may have a crosslinkable group other than the ethylenically unsaturated bond.
Examples of the crosslinkable group other than the ethylenically unsaturated bond include a cyclic ether group such as an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, an alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group, and a methylol group.
The crosslinkable group other than the ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, for example.
The amount of the crosslinkable group other than the ethylenically unsaturated bond with respect to the total mass of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol / g, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol / g.
〔酸価〕
 現像性を向上する観点からは、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの酸価は、30mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上であることが更に好ましい。
 また、上記酸価は500mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、400mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。
 上記酸価は、公知の方法により測定され、例えば、JIS K 0070:1992に記載の方法により測定される。
 また、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドに含まれる酸基としては、保存安定性及び現像性の両立の観点から、pKaが0~10である酸基が好ましく、3~8である酸基がより好ましい。
 pKaとは、酸から水素イオンが放出される解離反応を考え、その平衡定数Kaをその負の常用対数pKaによって表したものである。本明細書において、pKaは、特に断らない限り、ACD/ChemSketch(登録商標)による計算値とする。又は、日本化学会編「改定5版 化学便覧 基礎編」に掲載の値を参照してもよい。
 また、酸基が例えばリン酸等の多価の酸である場合、上記pKaは第一解離定数である。
 このような酸基として、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、カルボキシ基、及び、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を含むことがより好ましい。
[Acid value]
From the viewpoint of improving developability, the acid value of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more, and further preferably 70 mgKOH / g or more.
The acid value is preferably 500 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 400 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less.
The acid value is measured by a known method, for example, by the method described in JIS K 0070: 1992.
Further, as the acid group contained in the alkali-soluble polyimide, an acid group having a pKa of 0 to 10 is preferable, and an acid group having a pKa of 3 to 8 is more preferable, from the viewpoint of achieving both storage stability and developability.
The pKa is a dissociation reaction in which hydrogen ions are released from an acid, and its equilibrium constant Ka is expressed by its negative common logarithm pKa. In the present specification, pKa is a value calculated by ACD / ChemSketch (registered trademark) unless otherwise specified. Alternatively, the values published in "Revised 5th Edition Chemistry Handbook Basics" edited by the Chemical Society of Japan may be referred to.
When the acid group is a polyvalent acid such as phosphoric acid, the pKa is the first dissociation constant.
As such an acid group, the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxy group and a phenolic hydroxy group, and more preferably contains a phenolic hydroxy group.
〔フェノール性ヒドロキシ基〕
 アルカリ現像液による現像速度を適切なものとする観点からは、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有することが好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を主鎖末端に有してもよいし、側鎖に有してもよい。
 フェノール性ヒドロキシ基は、例えば、後述する式(1-1)で表される構造におけるR115、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR132、又は、後述する式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位におけるR131に含まれることが好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの全質量に対するフェノール性ヒドロキシ基の量は、0.1~30mol/gであることが好ましく、1~20mol/gであることがより好ましい。
[Phenolic hydroxy group]
From the viewpoint of making the development speed with an alkaline developer appropriate, the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably has a phenolic hydroxy group.
The alkali-soluble polyimide may have a phenolic hydroxy group at the end of the main chain or at the side chain.
The phenolic hydroxy group is, for example, R 115 in the structure represented by the formula (1-1) described later, R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) described later, or the formula (2) described later. It is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by -1).
The amount of the phenolic hydroxy group with respect to the total mass of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol / g, and more preferably 1 to 20 mol / g.
〔式(1-1)で表される構造〕
 また、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、下記式(1-1)で表される構造を有することが好ましく、下記式(1-1)で表される構造を主鎖に有することが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 式(1-1)中、R115は4価の有機基を表す。
[Structure represented by equation (1-1)]
Further, the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (1-1), and preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (1-1) in the main chain.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
In formula (1-1), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group.
-R115
 上記式(1-1)中、R115は、芳香環を含む4価の有機基が好ましく、下記式(1-2)又は式(1-3)で表される基がより好ましい。
-R 115-
In the above formula (1-1), R 115 is preferably a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring, and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (1-2) or formula (1-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式(1-2)中、R112は、2価の連結基であり、単結合、若しくは、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NHC(=O)-、又は、これらを2以上組み合わせた基であることが好ましく、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-及びS(=O)-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-C(CF-、及び、-C(CH-よりなる群から選択される2価の基であることが更に好ましい。*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。 In formula (1-2), R 112 is a divalent linking group, which is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a single bond or a fluorine atom, —O—, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NHC (= O)-, or a group in which two or more of these are combined is preferable, and a single bond or a fluorine atom is used. More preferably, it is a group selected from an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted, —O—, −C (= O) −, —S— and S (= O) 2−. Divalent selected from the group consisting of -CH 2- , -O-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and -C (CH 3 ) 2- It is more preferable that it is a group of. * Each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
 式(1-1)におけるR115が表す4価の有機基は、具体的には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から酸二無水物基を除去した後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基などが挙げられる。テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、下記式(1-4)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Specific examples of the tetravalent organic group represented by R 115 in the formula (1-1) include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the acid dianhydride group from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. .. Only one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used, or two or more types may be used. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式(1-4)中、R115は、4価の有機基を表す。R115は式(1-1)におけるR115と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。 In formula (1-4), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. R 115 has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (1-1), preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物の具体例としては、ピロメリット酸、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルフィドテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物、1,3-ジフェニルヘキサフルオロプロパン-3,3,4,4-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,8,9,10-フェナントレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,1-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,1-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,2,3,4-ベンゼンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、並びに、これらの炭素数1~6のアルキル誘導体及び炭素数1~6のアルコキシ誘導体から選ばれる少なくとも1種が例示される。 Specific examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride include pyromellitic acid, pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4 , 4'-diphenylsulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3', 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Dichloride, 2,3,3', 4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1 , 4,5,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) propanedian Anhydroide, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,54-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1, 4,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1, 2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1- Bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, In addition, at least one selected from these alkyl derivatives having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and alkoxy derivatives having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is exemplified.
 また、下記に示すテトラカルボン酸二無水物(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)も好ましい例として挙げられる。 Further, the tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) shown below are also mentioned as preferable examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
〔式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位〕
 また、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、下記式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位を有することが好ましく、下記式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位を主鎖に有することが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式(2-1)中、R131は、2価の有機基を表し、R132は、4価の有機基を表す。
[Repeating unit represented by equation (2-1)]
Further, the alkali-soluble polyimide preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-1), and preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-1) in the main chain.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
In formula (2-1), R 131 represents a divalent organic group and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group.
-R131
 式(2-1)中、R131が表す2価の有機基としては、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族基、環状の脂肪族基、芳香族基、有機変性(ポリ)シロキサン構造又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた基が例示され、炭素数2~20の直鎖の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の分岐の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の環状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基、有機変性(ポリ)シロキサン構造又は、これらを2以上組み合わせた基が好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基がより好ましい。
 上記直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族基、上記環状の脂肪族基、又は、芳香族基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、アルキル基、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基、カルボキシ基、上述のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基、上述のエチレン性不飽和結合以外の架橋性基等が挙げられる。
 上記有機変性(ポリ)シロキサン構造には、シロキサン構造を1つのみ含む有機変性シロキサン構造、及び、シロキサン構造を2以上含む有機変性ポリシロキサン構造の両方が含まれる。
 上記有機変性(ポリ)シロキサン構造としては、下記式(SI-1)で表される構造が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式(SI-1)中、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表し、Rのうち少なくとも1つは有機基を表し、nは1以上の整数を表し、*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。
-R 131-
In the formula (2-1), the divalent organic group represented by R 131 includes a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, an aromatic group, an organically modified (poly) siloxane structure or. Examples of a group in which two or more of these are combined are a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. An aromatic hydrocarbon group of 6 to 20, an organically modified (poly) siloxane structure, or a group in which two or more of these are combined is preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The linear or branched aliphatic group, the cyclic aliphatic group, or the aromatic group may have a substituent, and the substituent includes an alkyl group, a hydroxy group, a thiol group, and the like. Examples thereof include a carboxy group, a group having the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a crosslinkable group other than the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond.
The organically modified (poly) siloxane structure includes both an organically modified siloxane structure containing only one siloxane structure and an organically modified polysiloxane structure containing two or more siloxane structures.
As the organically modified (poly) siloxane structure, a structure represented by the following formula (SI-1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In formula (SI-1), RS independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, at least one of RS represents an organic group, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and * represents an integer or more independently. , Represents a binding site with another structure.
 式(SI-1)中、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基又は炭素数6~20のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又はフェニル基が更に好ましく、メチル基又はフェニル基が特に好ましく、メチル基が最も好ましい。
 また、Rのうち少なくとも1つは有機基を表し、式(SI-1)中の複数のSiのそれぞれに結合する2つのRのうち少なくとも一方が有機基であることが好ましく、式(SI-1)中のRの全てが有機基であることがより好ましい。
 式(SI-1)中、nは1以上の整数を表し、1~11の整数であることが好ましく、1~3の整数であることがより好ましく、1又は2であることが更に好ましく、0であることが特に好ましい。
In the formula (SI-1), RS is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, respectively, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups or phenyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferable, methyl groups or phenyl groups are particularly preferable, and methyl groups are most preferable.
Also, represents at least one organic group among structured R S, it is preferable that at least one of the two structured R S binding to each of the plurality of Si in the formula (SI-1) is an organic group of formula ( it is more preferable that all of the SI-1) in structured R S is an organic group.
In the formula (SI-1), n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 11, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 or 2. It is particularly preferably 0.
 また、R131が有機変性(ポリ)シロキサン構造を含む場合、R131は下記式(SI-2)で表される構造であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式(SI-2)中、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表し、Rのうち少なくとも1つは有機基を表し、Lは、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族基、環状の脂肪族基、芳香族基又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた基を表し、Lは、-Si(R-、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族基、環状の脂肪族基、芳香族基又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた基を表し、nは1以上の整数を表し、*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。
 式(SI-2)中、R及びnは上述の式(SI-1)におけるR及びnと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(SI-2)中、Lは、炭素数2~20の直鎖の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の分岐の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の環状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、これらを2以上組み合わせた基が好ましく、炭素数2~20の直鎖の脂肪族基がより好ましい。
 式(SI-2)中、Lは、炭素数2~20の直鎖の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の分岐の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の環状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、これらを2以上組み合わせた基が好ましく、炭素数2~20の直鎖の脂肪族基がより好ましい。
 また、Lは*-Si(R-L-*で表される基も好ましい。Rは上述の通りであり、*は式(Si-2)中の酸素原子との結合部位を表し、Lは上述のLと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様であり、*は式(SI-2)中のLが結合する*と同義である。
When R 131 contains an organically modified (poly) siloxane structure, it is preferable that R 131 has a structure represented by the following formula (SI-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
In formula (SI-2), RS independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, at least one of RS represents an organic group, and L 1 is a linear or branched aliphatic aliphatic group. Represents a group, a cyclic aliphatic group, an aromatic group, or a group in which two or more of these are combined, and L 2 is -Si ( RS ) 2- , a linear or branched aliphatic group, or a cyclic fat. It represents a group group, an aromatic group, or a group in which two or more of these are combined, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and * represents a bonding site with another structure independently.
Wherein (SI-2), R S and n have the same meanings as R S and n in the above formula (SI-1), a preferable embodiment thereof is also the same.
In formula (SI-2), L 1 is a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and carbon. An aromatic hydrocarbon group having a number of 6 to 20 or a group in which two or more of these are combined is preferable, and a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
In formula (SI-2), L 2 is a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and carbon. An aromatic hydrocarbon group having a number of 6 to 20 or a group in which two or more of these are combined is preferable, and a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
Further, L 2 is also preferably a group represented by * 1- Si ( RS ) 2- L 3- * 2. RS is as described above, * 1 represents a binding site with an oxygen atom in the formula (Si-2), L 3 is synonymous with L 1 described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same, * 2 Is synonymous with * in which L 2 in equation (SI-2) is bound.
 式(2-1)におけるR131は、ジアミンから誘導されることが好ましい。アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの製造に用いられるジアミンとしては、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族、環状の脂肪族又は芳香族ジアミン、上記式(SI-2)で表される構造において、2つの*がいずれもアミノ基に結合する化合物などが挙げられる。ジアミンは、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。 R 131 in formula (2-1) is preferably derived from diamine. Examples of the diamine used in the production of the alkali-soluble polyimide include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines, and two * in the structure represented by the above formula (SI-2). In each case, a compound that binds to an amino group and the like can be mentioned. Only one kind of diamine may be used, or two or more kinds of diamines may be used.
 具体的には、ジアミンは、炭素数2~20の直鎖脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の分岐鎖状又は環状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の芳香族基、有機変性(ポリ)シロキサン構造、又は、これらを2以上組み合わせた基を含むジアミンであることが好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族基を含むジアミンであることがより好ましい。
 上記直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族基、上記環状の脂肪族基、又は、芳香族基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、アルキル基、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基、カルボキシ基、上述のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基、上述のエチレン性不飽和結合以外の架橋性基等が挙げられる。また、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基は、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基、カルボキシ基等の官能基を有するジアミンを用いてポリイミド又はその前駆体化合物を製造した後に、上記官能基と反応する基(例えば、イソシアナト基、ヒドロキシ基、エポキシ基等)及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物を上記ポリイミド又はその前駆体化合物と反応させることにより導入してもよい。
 芳香族基の例としては、下記が挙げられる。
Specifically, the diamine is a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and an organic modification (poly). ) A diamine having a siloxane structure or a group containing two or more of these is preferable, and a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The linear or branched aliphatic group, the cyclic aliphatic group, or the aromatic group may have a substituent, and the substituent includes an alkyl group, a hydroxy group, a thiol group, and the like. Examples thereof include a carboxy group, a group having the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a crosslinkable group other than the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond. Further, the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is a group that reacts with the above functional group after producing polyimide or a precursor compound thereof using a diamine having a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a thiol group or a carboxy group (for example). , Isocyanato group, hydroxy group, epoxy group, etc.) and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be introduced by reacting with the above-mentioned polyimide or a precursor compound thereof.
Examples of aromatic groups include:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式中、Aは、単結合、若しくは、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NHC(=O)-、又は、これらを2以上組み合わせた基であることが好ましく、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-及びS(=O)-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-C(CF-、及び、-C(CH-よりなる群から選択される2価の基であることが更に好ましい。 In the formula, A is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be replaced with a single bond or a fluorine atom, —O—, —C (= O) −, —S—, —S. (= O) 2- , -NHC (= O)-, or a group obtained by combining two or more of these is preferable, and a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. , -O-, -C (= O)-, -S- and S (= O) 2- , more preferably, -CH 2- , -O-, -S-,- It is more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of S (= O) 2- , -C (CF 3 ) 2- , and -C (CH 3 ) 2-.
 また、上記AR-1~上記AR-10において、ベンゼン環に結合する水素原子の少なくとも1つがヒドロキシ基又はチオール基で置換された構造も好ましく挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、AR-1~AR-3におけるベンゼン環に結合する水素原子のうち、1つ若しくは2つがヒドロキシ基若しくはチオール基で置換された構造、又は、AR-5~AR-10における2つのベンゼン環のうち、一方のベンゼン環に結合する水素原子のうち1つと、他方のベンゼン環に結合する水素原子のうち1つとがヒドロキシ基又はチオール基で置換された構造が好ましい。
Further, in the above AR-1 to the above AR-10, a structure in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to the benzene ring is substituted with a hydroxy group or a thiol group is also preferably mentioned.
Among these, among the hydrogen atoms bonded to the benzene ring in AR-1 to AR-3, one or two have been substituted with a hydroxy group or a thiol group, or two in AR-5 to AR-10. Among the benzene rings, a structure in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to one benzene ring and one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to the other benzene ring are substituted with a hydroxy group or a thiol group is preferable.
 ジアミンとしては、具体的には、1,2-ジアミノエタン、1,2-ジアミノプロパン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタン、1,6-ジアミノヘキサン;1,2-又は1,3-ジアミノシクロペンタン、1,2-、1,3-又は1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,2-、1,3-又は1,4-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、ビス-(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス-(3-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジメチルシクロヘキシルメタン又はイソホロンジアミン;メタ又はパラフェニレンジアミン、2,5-ジヒドロキシ-p-フェニレンジアミン、2,5-ジメルカプト-p-フェニレンジアミン、ジアミノトルエン、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-又は3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル(4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ジメチルビフェニル)、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、4,4’-ジアミノパラテルフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、3,3’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-10-ヒドロアントラセン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノビフェニル、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ジアミノアントラキノン、1,5-ジアミノアントラキノン、3,3-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、9,9’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、4,4’-ジメチル-3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2-(3’,5’-ジアミノベンゾイルオキシ)エチルメタクリレート、2,4-又は2,5-ジアミノクメン、2,5-ジメチル-パラフェニレンジアミン、アセトグアナミン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-パラフェニレンジアミン、2,4,6-トリメチル-メタフェニレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、2,5-ジアミノピリジン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、ジアミノベンズアニリド、ジアミノ安息香酸のエステル、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、ジアミノベンゾトリフルオライド、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)オクタフルオロブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)デカフルオロペンタン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テトラデカフルオロヘプタン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチルフェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、パラビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ビス(3-アミノ-5-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ビフェニル、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-ヘキサフルオロトリジン及び4,4’-ジアミノクアテルフェニルから選ばれる少なくとも1種のジアミンが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the diamine include 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1 , 3-Diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis- (4-) Aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis- (3-aminocyclohexyl) methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane or isophoronediamine; meta or paraphenylenediamine, 2,5-dihydroxy-p-phenylenediamine , 2,5-Dimercapto-p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'-or 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-or 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-or 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 4,4'-or 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfide, 4,4'-or 3,3'-diamino Benzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl), 3, 3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy) -4-Aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis ( 3-Amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, bis (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, 4,4'-diaminoparatelphenyl, 4 , 4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] ) Phenyl] sulfone, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) anthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4 '-Diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 3,3'- Diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl ] Propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) -10-hydroanthracene, 3,3', 4,4'- Tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3', 4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9' -Bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3', 5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2-( 3', 5'-diaminobenzoyloxy) ethyl methacrylate, 2,4- or 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-paraphenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-para Phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-methphenylenediamine, 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis (4-Aminophenyl) ethane, diaminobenzanilide, ester of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminobenzotrifluoride, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis (4-Aminophenyl) Octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenyl) decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis (4-aminophenyl) tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis [4- (4- (4-aminophenyl) 3-Aminophenoxy) Phenyl] Hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (2-Aminophenoxy) Phenyl] Hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis [4- (4-Aminophenoxy) -3,5- Dimethylphenyl] Hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) Phenyl] Hexafluoropropane, Parabis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) benzene, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-4'-bis) Amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) Biphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenylsulfone, 4,4'-bis (3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy) Diphenylsulfone, 2,2-bis [4- (4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 3,3', 5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, Selected from 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) biphenyl, 2,2', 5,5', 6,6'-hexafluorotrizine and 4,4'-diaminoquaterphenyl Included are at least one diamine.
 また、下記に示すジアミン(DA-1)~(DA-18)も好ましい。 Further, the diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below are also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 また、少なくとも2つのアルキレングリコール単位を主鎖にもつジアミンも好ましい例として挙げられる。好ましくは、エチレングリコール鎖、プロピレングリコール鎖のいずれか一方又は両方を一分子中にあわせて2つ以上含むジアミン、より好ましくは芳香環を含まないジアミンである。具体例としては、ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-600、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-900、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-2003、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-148、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上商品名、HUNTSMAN社製)、1-(2-(2-(2-アミノプロポキシ)エトキシ)プロポキシ)プロパン-2-アミン、1-(1-(1-(2-アミノプロポキシ)プロパン-2-イル)オキシ)プロパン-2-アミンなどが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 Further, a diamine having at least two alkylene glycol units in the main chain is also mentioned as a preferable example. A diamine containing two or more of one or both of an ethylene glycol chain and a propylene glycol chain in one molecule is preferable, and a diamine containing no aromatic ring is preferable. Specific examples include Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-600, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-900, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-2003, and Jeffamine (registered trademark). ) EDR-148, Jeffamine® EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 (trade name, manufactured by HUNTSMAN), 1- (2- (2- (2)) -Aminopropoxy) ethoxy) propoxy) propane-2-amine, 1- (1- (1- (2-aminopropoxy) propoxy-2-yl) oxy) propane-2-amine, etc., but are limited to these. Not done.
 ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-600、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-900、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-2003、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-148、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-176の構造を以下に示す。 Jeffamine® KH-511, Jeffamine® ED-600, Jeffamine® ED-900, Jeffamine® ED-2003, Jeffamine® EDR-148, The structure of Jeffamine® EDR-176 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 上記において、x、y、zは算術平均値である。 In the above, x, y, and z are arithmetic mean values.
 式(2-1)におけるR131は、得られる硬化膜の柔軟性の観点から、-Ar-L-Ar-で表されることが好ましい。Arは、それぞれ独立に、芳香族炭化水素基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい)であり、フェニレン基が好ましい。Lは、単結合、若しくは、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NHCO-、又は、これらを2以上組み合わせた基を表す。Lの好ましい範囲は、上述のAと同義である。 R 131 in the formula (2-1) is preferably represented by −Ar 0 −L 0 −Ar 0 − from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the obtained cured film. Ar 0 is independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and a phenylene group is preferable. L 0 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be replaced with a single bond or a fluorine atom, −O−, −C (= O) −, −S−, −S (=). O) 2 -, - NHCO-, or represent these two or more combined groups. The preferred range of L 0 is synonymous with A above.
 式(2-1)におけるR131は、i線透過率の観点から下記式(51)又は式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることが好ましい。特に、i線透過率、入手のし易さの観点から式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることがより好ましい。 R 131 in the formula (2-1) is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or the formula (61) from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance. In particular, a divalent organic group represented by the formula (61) is more preferable from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance and availability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(51)中、R50~R57はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子又は1価の有機基であり、R50~R57の少なくとも1つはフッ素原子、メチル基、フルオロメチル基、ジフルオロメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、又は、チオール基であり、*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。 In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 are independently hydrogen atoms, fluorine atoms or monovalent organic groups, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a fluoromethyl group. It is a difluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a phenolic hydroxy group, or a thiol group, and * independently represents a binding site with another structure.
 R50~R57の1価の有機基としては、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)の無置換のアルキル基、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)のフッ化アルキル基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、チオール基等が挙げられる。 The monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57 includes an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms) and 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms). Examples thereof include an alkyl fluoride group, a phenolic hydroxy group and a thiol group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式(61)中、R58及びR59は、それぞれ独立にフッ素原子、フルオロメチル基、ジフルオロメチル基、又は、トリフルオロメチル基である。 In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are independently fluorine atoms, fluoromethyl groups, difluoromethyl groups, or trifluoromethyl groups, respectively.
 式(51)又は(61)の構造を与えるジアミン化合物としては、ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(フルオロ)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル等が挙げられる。これらの1種を用いるか、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of the diamine compound giving the structure of the formula (51) or (61) include dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2. Examples thereof include'-bis (fluoro) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. One of these may be used, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
-R132
 式(2-1)中、R132が表す4価の有機基としては、上述の式(1-1)におけるR115と同様の基が例示され、好ましい範囲も同様である。
-R 132-
In the formula (2-1), as the tetravalent organic group represented by R 132 , the same group as R 115 in the above formula (1-1) is exemplified, and the preferable range is also the same.
-含有量-
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位を、1種のみ有していてもよいし、2種以上有していてもよい。
 本発明におけるアルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの一実施形態として、全繰返し単位の50モル%以上、更には70モル%以上、特には90モル%以上が式(2-1)で表される繰返し単位であるアルカリ可溶性ポリイミドが例示される。上限としては100モル%以下が実際的である。
-Content-
The alkali-soluble polyimide may have only one type of repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1), or may have two or more types.
As one embodiment of the alkali-soluble polyimide in the present invention, 50 mol% or more, more 70 mol% or more, particularly 90 mol% or more of all the repeating units is the alkali which is the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1). Soluble polyimide is exemplified. As an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is practical.
〔分子量〕
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは2,000~500,000であり、より好ましくは2,500~100,000であり、更に好ましくは3,000~50,000である。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは800~250,000であり、より好ましくは、1,500~50,000であり、更に好ましくは、2,000~25,000である。
[Molecular weight]
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 2,500 to 100,000, and even more preferably 3,000 to 50,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250,000, more preferably 1,500 to 50,000, and even more preferably 2,000 to 25,000.
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの分子量の分散度は、1.5~3.5が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。
 本明細書において、分子量の分散度とは、重量平均分子量を数平均分子量により除した値(重量平均分子量/数平均分子量)をいう。
The degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, more preferably 2 to 3.
In the present specification, the degree of molecular weight dispersion means a value obtained by dividing the weight average molecular weight by the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight).
〔具体例〕
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドとしては、例えば、実施例で使用したアルカリ可溶性ポリイミドが挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。
〔Concrete example〕
Examples of the alkali-soluble polyimide include, but are not limited to, the alkali-soluble polyimide used in the examples.
〔合成方法〕
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドは、例えば、実施例に記載の方法により得られる。
 具体的には、ジカルボン酸又はジカルボン酸誘導体とジアミンとを反応させて前駆体化合物を得た後、加熱することによりアルカリ可溶性ポリイミドが得られる。また、ジカルボン酸又はジカルボン酸誘導体を、ハロゲン化剤を用いてハロゲン化させた後、ジアミンと反応させて得られた前駆体化合物を加熱することによりアルカリ可溶性ポリイミドが得られる。
 上記前駆体化合物又はポリイミドがヒドロキシ基、チオール基、カルボキシ基等の官能基を有する場合、上記前駆体化合物又はポリイミドに対し、上記官能基と反応する基(例えば、イソシアナト基、ヒドロキシ基、エポキシ基等)及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物を上記ポリイミド又はその前駆体化合物と反応させ、前駆体化合物の場合はこれを加熱等により環化することにより、エチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリイミドが得られる。
[Synthesis method]
The alkali-soluble polyimide can be obtained, for example, by the method described in Examples.
Specifically, an alkali-soluble polyimide can be obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a diamine to obtain a precursor compound, and then heating the compound. Further, an alkali-soluble polyimide can be obtained by halogenating a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a halogenating agent and then heating the precursor compound obtained by reacting with a diamine.
When the precursor compound or polyimide has a functional group such as a hydroxy group, a thiol group, or a carboxy group, a group that reacts with the functional group (for example, an isocyanato group, a hydroxy group, or an epoxy group) with respect to the precursor compound or polyimide. Etc.) and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is reacted with the above-mentioned polyimide or a precursor compound thereof, and in the case of a precursor compound, this is cyclized by heating or the like to obtain a polyimide having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Be done.
〔イミド化率(閉環率)〕
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドのイミド化率(「閉環率」ともいう)は、得られる硬化膜の破断伸び、絶縁性等の観点からは、70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることがより好ましい。
 上記イミド化率の上限は特に限定されず、100%以下であればよい。
 上記イミド化率は、例えば下記方法により測定される。
 アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの赤外吸収スペクトルを測定し、イミド構造由来の吸収ピークである1377cm-1付近のピーク強度P1を求める。次に、そのアルカリ可溶性ポリイミドを350℃で1時間熱処理した後、再度、赤外吸収スペクトルを測定し、1377cm-1付近のピーク強度P2を求める。得られたピーク強度P1、P2を用い、下記式に基づいて、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドのイミド化率を求めることができる。
 イミド化率(%)=(ピーク強度P1/ピーク強度P2)×100
[Imidization rate (ring closure rate)]
The imidization rate (also referred to as “ring closure rate”) of the alkali-soluble polyimide is preferably 70% or more, and more preferably 80% or more, from the viewpoint of breaking elongation of the obtained cured film, insulating property, and the like. It is preferably 90% or more, and more preferably 90% or more.
The upper limit of the imidization rate is not particularly limited, and may be 100% or less.
The imidization rate is measured by, for example, the following method.
The infrared absorption spectrum of the alkali-soluble polyimide is measured to determine the peak intensity P1 near 1377 cm -1, which is the absorption peak derived from the imide structure. Next, the alkali-soluble polyimide is heat-treated at 350 ° C. for 1 hour, and then the infrared absorption spectrum is measured again to obtain a peak intensity P2 in the vicinity of 1377 cm -1. Using the obtained peak intensities P1 and P2, the imidization rate of the alkali-soluble polyimide can be determined based on the following formula.
Imidization rate (%) = (peak intensity P1 / peak intensity P2) × 100
〔含有量〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物における、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの含有量は、ネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、50質量%以上であることが一層好ましい。また、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物における、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドの含有量は、ネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、99.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、99質量%以下であることがより好ましく、98質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、97質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、95質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドを1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
〔Content〕
The content of the alkali-soluble polyimide in the negative curable composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition. It is more preferably 40% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more. The content of the alkali-soluble polyimide in the negative curable composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, preferably 99% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition. It is more preferably 98% by mass or less, further preferably 97% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or less.
The negative curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of alkali-soluble polyimide, or may contain two or more types of alkali-soluble polyimide. When two or more kinds are included, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
<架橋性基が異なる複数種の架橋剤>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、架橋性基が異なる複数種の架橋剤を含む。
 なお、上述のアルカリ可溶性ポリイミド、又は、後述の特定シランカップリング剤に該当する化合物は、上記架橋剤には該当しないものとする。
 上記架橋剤における架橋性基としては、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、ビニル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基等のエチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基等の環状エーテル基、メトキシメチル基等のアルコキシメチル基、メチロール基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基等が挙げられる。
 本発明において、ネガ型硬化性組成物が架橋性基が異なる複数種の架橋剤を含むとは、ネガ型硬化性組成物が、ある架橋性基Aを有する架橋剤と、上記架橋性基Aとは異なる種類の架橋性基Bを有する架橋剤とを含むことをいう。
 架橋性基が異なるとは、架橋性基の構造が異なるものであればよいが、上述のエチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、環状エーテル基、アルコキシメチル基、メチロール基よりなる群から選ばれた1種と、上記群から選ばれた別の1種との組み合わせであることが好ましい。
 以下、架橋性基として上記エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基を有する架橋剤を「エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤」、架橋性基として上記環状エーテル基を含む架橋剤を「環状エーテル基含有架橋剤」、架橋性基として上記アルコキシメチル基を有する架橋剤を「アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤」、架橋性基として上記メチロール基を有する架橋剤を「メチロール基含有架橋剤」、架橋性基として上記ベンゾオキサゾリル基を有する架橋剤を「ベンゾオキサゾリル基含有架橋剤」ともいう。
<Multiple types of cross-linking agents with different cross-linking groups>
The negative curable composition of the present invention contains a plurality of types of cross-linking agents having different cross-linking groups.
The above-mentioned alkali-soluble polyimide or the compound corresponding to the specific silane coupling agent described later shall not correspond to the above-mentioned cross-linking agent.
Examples of the crosslinkable group in the above-mentioned cross-linking agent include a (meth) acryloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group and other groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group and the like cyclic groups. Examples thereof include an alkoxymethyl group such as an ether group and a methoxymethyl group, a methylol group, and a benzoxazolyl group.
In the present invention, the negative curable composition contains a plurality of types of cross-linking agents having different cross-linking groups, that is, the negative curable composition includes a cross-linking agent having a certain cross-linking group A and the cross-linking group A. Means that it contains a cross-linking agent having a different kind of cross-linking group B.
The different crosslinkable groups may mean that the crosslinkable groups have different structures, but they are selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, an alkoxymethyl group, and a methylol group. A combination of one type and another type selected from the above group is preferable.
Hereinafter, a cross-linking agent having a group containing the ethylenically unsaturated bond as a cross-linking group is referred to as a "ethylene unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent", and a cross-linking agent containing the above-mentioned cyclic ether group as a cross-linking group is referred to as a "cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent". "Agent", the cross-linking agent having the alkoxymethyl group as the cross-linking group is "alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent", the cross-linking agent having the methylol group as the cross-linking group is "methylol group-containing cross-linking agent", and the cross-linking group is described above. A cross-linking agent having a benzoxazolyl group is also referred to as a "benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agent".
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、耐薬品性、破断伸びの観点からは、上記複数種の架橋剤の少なくとも1種として、エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤を含むことが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合を3~15個有する化合物を含むことがより好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合を3~6個有する化合物を含むことが更に好ましい。
 現像性の観点から、架橋剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合を2個有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。
From the viewpoint of chemical resistance and elongation at break, the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing crosslinker as at least one of the above-mentioned plurality of crosslinkers, and is ethylenically. It is more preferable to contain a compound having 3 to 15 unsaturated bonds, and further preferably to contain a compound having 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
From the viewpoint of developability, the cross-linking agent is particularly preferably a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
 また、例えば、本発明に係るネガ型硬化性組成物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤、環状エーテル基含有架橋剤、アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤、メチロール基含有架橋剤、及び、ベンゾオキサゾリル基含有架橋剤よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも2種の架橋剤を含むことが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤、環状エーテル基含有架橋剤、アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤、及び、メチロール基含有架橋剤よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも2種の架橋剤を含むことがより好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤と、環状エーテル基含有架橋剤、アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤、及び、メチロール基含有架橋剤よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の架橋剤とを含むことが更に好ましい。 Further, for example, the negative curable composition according to the present invention includes an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent, a cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent, an alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent, a methylol group-containing cross-linking agent, and a benzoxazoli. It is preferable to contain at least two kinds of cross-linking agents selected from the group consisting of cross-linking agents containing ru groups, and it is preferable to contain cross-linking agents containing ethylenically unsaturated bonds, cross-linking agents containing cyclic ether groups, cross-linking agents containing alkoxymethyl groups, and methylol. It is more preferable to contain at least two kinds of cross-linking agents selected from the group consisting of group-containing cross-linking agents, and the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent, the cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent, the alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent, and It is more preferable to include at least one cross-linking agent selected from the group consisting of methylol group-containing cross-linking agents.
 また、本発明に係るネガ型硬化性組成物は、架橋性基としてラジカルの作用により架橋反応が進行するラジカル重合性基を有する架橋剤と、架橋性基として酸の作用により架橋反応が進行する酸架橋性基を有する架橋剤とを含むことが好ましい。上記ラジカルは、例えば、後述する光ラジカル重合開始剤、又は、熱ラジカル重合開始剤により供給される。
また、上記酸は、例えば、後述する光酸発生剤、又は、熱酸発生剤により供給される。
 ラジカル重合性基としては上述のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基等が挙げられ、酸架橋性基としては、上述の環状エーテル基、アルコキシメチル基、メチロール基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基等が挙げられる。
Further, in the negative curable composition according to the present invention, a cross-linking agent having a radically polymerizable group in which the cross-linking reaction proceeds by the action of a radical as a cross-linking group and the cross-linking reaction proceed by the action of an acid as a cross-linking group. It is preferable to include a cross-linking agent having an acid cross-linking group. The radical is supplied by, for example, a photoradical polymerization initiator described later or a thermal radical polymerization initiator.
Further, the acid is supplied by, for example, a photoacid generator or a thermoacid generator, which will be described later.
Examples of the radically polymerizable group include the above-mentioned group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and examples of the acid crosslinkable group include the above-mentioned cyclic ether group, alkoxymethyl group, methylol group, benzoxazolyl group and the like. ..
〔エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤を含むことが好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤におけるエチレン性不飽和結合を含む基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、上記エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましく、反応性の観点からは、(メタ)アクリロキシ基がより好ましい。
 また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤は、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物であることとが好ましい。
[Ethylene unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent]
The negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent.
Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group.
Among these, the (meth) acryloyl group is preferable as the group containing the ethylenically unsaturated bond, and the (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity.
Further, the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is preferably a compound having radical polymerization property.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合を1個以上有する化合物であればよいが、2個以上有する化合物であることがより好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を2個有する化合物は、上記エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基を2個有する化合物であることが好ましい。
 また、得られる硬化膜の膜強度の観点からは、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤として、エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する化合物を含むことが好ましい。上記エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を3~15個有する化合物が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合を3~10個有する化合物がより好ましく、3~6個有する化合物が更に好ましい。
 また、上記エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する化合物は、上記エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基を3個以上有する化合物であることが好ましく、3~15個有する化合物であることがより好ましく、3~10個有する化合物であることが更に好ましく、3~6個有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。
 また、得られる硬化膜の膜強度の観点からは、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、エチレン性不飽和結合を2個有する化合物と、上記エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する化合物とを含むことも好ましい。
The crosslinker containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, but a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is more preferable.
The compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having two groups containing the above ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
Further, from the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained cured film, the negative curable composition of the present invention may contain a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds as an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent. preferable. As the compound having 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, a compound having 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferable, and a compound having 3 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated bonds is more preferable, and 3 to 6 compounds are more preferable. The compound having is more preferable.
The compound having 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having 3 or more groups containing the ethylenically unsaturated bond, and more preferably a compound having 3 to 15 ethylenically unsaturated bonds. A compound having 3 to 10 is more preferable, and a compound having 3 to 6 is particularly preferable.
From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained cured film, the negative curable composition of the present invention comprises a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. It is also preferable to include.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤の分子量は、2,000以下が好ましく、1,500以下がより好ましく、900以下が更に好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤の分子量の下限は、100以上が好ましい。 The molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is preferably 100 or more.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤の具体例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸など)やそのエステル類、アミド類が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アルコール化合物とのエステル、及び不飽和カルボン酸と多価アミン化合物とのアミド類である。また、ヒドロキシ基やアミノ基、スルファニル基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル又はアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能イソシアネート類又はエポキシ類との付加反応物や、単官能若しくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基やエポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル又はアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、更に、ハロゲノ基やトシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル又はアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸の代わりに、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン等のビニルベンゼン誘導体、ビニルエーテル、アリルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することも可能である。具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0113~0122の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.), esters thereof, and amides. , Preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyvalent amine compounds. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxy group, an amino group or a sulfanyl group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or an epoxy, or a monofunctional or polyfunctional group. A dehydration condensation reaction product with a functional carboxylic acid is also preferably used. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a parentionic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amines or thiols, and a halogeno group. Substitution reactions of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a releasable substituent such as tosyloxy group and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols are also suitable. Further, as another example, it is also possible to use a compound group in which the unsaturated carboxylic acid is replaced with an unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinylbenzene derivative such as styrene, a vinyl ether, an allyl ether or the like. As a specific example, the description in paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of JP-A-2016-0273557 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤は、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。その例としては、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(アクリロイルオキシプロピル)エーテル、トリ(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、グリセリンやトリメチロールエタン等の多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後、(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物、特公昭48-041708号公報、特公昭50-006034号公報、特開昭51-037193号各公報に記載されているようなウレタン(メタ)アクリレート類、特開昭48-064183号、特公昭49-043191号、特公昭52-030490号各公報に記載されているポリエステルアクリレート類、エポキシ樹脂と(メタ)アクリル酸との反応生成物であるエポキシアクリレート類等の多官能のアクリレートやメタクリレート及びこれらの混合物を挙げることができる。また、特開2008-292970号公報の段落0254~0257に記載の化合物も好適である。また、多官能カルボン酸にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等の環状エーテル基とエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物を反応させて得られる多官能(メタ)アクリレートなども挙げることができる。 Further, as the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent, a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferable. Examples are polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethyl ethanetri (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol. Penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) acrylate, trimethylpropantri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerin, trimethylolethane, etc. A compound obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a functional alcohol and then (meth) acrylated, is described in JP-A-48-041708, JP-A-50-006034, and JP-A-51-0371993. Urethane (meth) acrylates, such as those described in JP-A-48-064183, JP-A-49-043191, and JP-A-52-030490, the polyester acrylates, epoxy resins and (meth) acrylics. Examples thereof include polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which are reaction products with acids, and mixtures thereof. Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 are also suitable. Further, a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting a polyfunctional carboxylic acid with a cyclic ether group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond can also be mentioned.
 また、上述以外の好ましいエチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤として、特開2010-160418号公報、特開2010-129825号公報、特許第4364216号公報等に記載される、フルオレン環を有し、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を2個以上有する化合物や、カルド樹脂も使用することが可能である。 Further, as a preferable ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent other than the above, ethylene has a fluorene ring and is described in JP-A-2010-160418, JP-A-2010-129825, Patent No. 4364216 and the like. Compounds having two or more groups having a sex unsaturated bond and cardo resins can also be used.
 更に、その他の例としては、特公昭46-043946号公報、特公平01-040337号公報、特公平01-040336号公報に記載の特定の不飽和化合物や、特開平02-025493号公報に記載のビニルホスホン酸系化合物等もあげることができる。また、特開昭61-022048号公報に記載のペルフルオロアルキル基を含む化合物を用いることもできる。更に日本接着協会誌 vol.20、No.7、300~308ページ(1984年)に光重合性モノマー及びオリゴマーとして紹介されているものも使用することができる。 Further, as other examples, the specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-043946, Japanese Square Root 01-040337, Japanese Square Root 01-040336, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 02-025493. Vinyl phosphonic acid compounds and the like can also be mentioned. Further, a compound containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A-61-022048 can also be used. Furthermore, the magazine of the Japan Adhesive Association vol. 20, No. Those introduced as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers on pages 7, 300-308 (1984) can also be used.
 上記のほか、特開2015-034964号公報の段落0048~0051に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0087~0131に記載の化合物も好ましく用いることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In addition to the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of JP-A-2015-034964 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be preferably used, and the contents thereof are described in the present specification. Incorporated into the book.
 また、特開平10-062986号公報において式(1)及び式(2)としてその具体例と共に記載の、多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後に(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物も、エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤として用いることができる。 Further, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-062986 together with specific examples as formulas (1) and (2) after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol and then (meth) acrylated is also used. It can be used as an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent.
 更に、特開2015-187211号公報の段落0104~0131に記載の化合物もエチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤として用いることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of JP-A-2015-187211 can also be used as the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製、A-TMMT:新中村化学工業(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、A-DPH;新中村化学工業社製)、及びこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール残基又はプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent include dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Di Pentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and these (meth) acryloyl groups are ethylene glycol residues or propylene. A structure that is bound via a glycol residue is preferable. These oligomer types can also be used.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する4官能アクリレートであるSR-494、エチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する2官能メタクリレートであるサートマー社製のSR-209、231、239、日本化薬(株)製のペンチレンオキシ鎖を6個有する6官能アクリレートであるDPCA-60、イソブチレンオキシ鎖を3個有する3官能アクリレートであるTPA-330、ウレタンオリゴマーUAS-10、UAB-140(日本製紙社製)、NKエステルM-40G、NKエステル4G、NKエステルM-9300、NKエステルA-9300、UA-7200(新中村化学工業社製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共栄社化学社製)、ブレンマーPME400(日油(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available products of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent include, for example, SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartmer, and Sartmer, which is a bifunctional methacrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains. SR-209, 231, 239, DPCA-60, a hexafunctional acrylate having 6 pentyleneoxy chains manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., TPA-330, a trifunctional acrylate having 3 isobutyleneoxy chains, Urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Nippon Paper Co., Ltd.), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PME400 (Nichiyu Co., Ltd.) ) Made) and so on.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤としては、特公昭48-041708号公報、特開昭51-037193号公報、特公平02-032293号公報、特公平02-016765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-049860号公報、特公昭56-017654号公報、特公昭62-039417号公報、特公昭62-039418号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。更に、エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤として、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平01-105238号公報に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent are as described in JP-A-48-041708, JP-A-51-0371993, JP-A-02-032293, and JP-B-02-016765. Urethane acrylates and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also suitable. Is. Further, as an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent, an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-01-105238. A compound having the above can also be used.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤は、カルボキシ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤であってもよい。酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤は、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルが好ましく、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシ基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせたエチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤がより好ましい。特に好ましくは、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシ基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせたエチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤において、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトール又はジペンタエリスリトールである化合物である。市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成(株)製の多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマーとして、M-510、M-520などが挙げられる。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent may be an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent having an acid group such as a carboxy group or a phosphoric acid group. The ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is added to the unreacted hydroxy group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound. An ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent which has been reacted to have an acid group is more preferable. Particularly preferably, in an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent in which an unreacted hydroxy group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to give an acid group, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is penta. A compound that is an erythritol or dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520 as polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
 酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤の好ましい酸価は、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤の酸価が上記範囲であれば、製造上の取扱性に優れ、更には、現像性に優れる。また、重合性が良好である。アルカリ現像する場合の現像速度の観点では、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤の好ましい酸価は、0.1~300mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは1~100mgKOH/gである。上記酸価は、JIS K 0070:1992の記載に準拠して測定される。 The acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is within the above range, it is excellent in manufacturing handleability and further excellent in developability. Moreover, the polymerizability is good. From the viewpoint of the development speed in the case of alkaline development, the acid value of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 300 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 1 to 100 mgKOH / g. The acid value is measured according to the description of JIS K 0070: 1992.
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、硬化膜の弾性率制御に伴う反り抑制の観点から、エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤として、単官能エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤を好ましく用いることができる。単官能エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤としては、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ブトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、カルビトール(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルカプロラクタム等のN-ビニル化合物類、アリルグリシジルエーテル、ジアリルフタレート、トリアリルトリメリテート等のアリル化合物類等が好ましく用いられる。単官能エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤としては、露光前の揮発を抑制するため、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。 In the negative curable composition of the present invention, a monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is preferably used as the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent from the viewpoint of suppressing warpage associated with controlling the elastic modulus of the cured film. it can. Examples of the monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent include n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and carbitol (meth). Acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate (Meta) acrylic acid derivatives such as, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinylcaprolactam, and allyl compounds such as allylglycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, and triallyl trimellitate are preferably used. As the monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent, a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure is also preferable in order to suppress volatilization before exposure.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤を含有する場合、その含有量は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して、0質量%超60質量%以下であることが好ましい。下限は5質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 When an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is contained, the content thereof is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤は1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。2種以上を併用する場合にはその合計量が上記の範囲となることが好ましい。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used in combination, the total amount is preferably in the above range.
〔メチロール基含有架橋剤、アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、メチロール基含有架橋剤及びアルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の架橋剤を含むことが好ましい。
 メチロール基含有架橋剤又はアルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤としては、例えば、メラミン、グリコールウリル、尿素、アルキレン尿素、ベンゾグアナミンなどのアミノ基含有化合物にホルムアルデヒド又はホルムアルデヒドとアルコールを反応させ、上記アミノ基の水素原子をメチロール基又はアルコキシメチル基で置換した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。これらの化合物の製造方法は特に限定されず、上記方法により製造された化合物と同様の構造を有する化合物であればよい。また、これらの化合物のメチロール基同士が自己縮合してなるオリゴマーであってもよい。
 上記のアミノ基含有化合物として、メラミンを用いた架橋剤をメラミン系架橋剤、グリコールウリル、尿素又はアルキレン尿素を用いた架橋剤を尿素系架橋剤、アルキレン尿素を用いた架橋剤をアルキレン尿素系架橋剤、ベンゾグアナミンを用いた架橋剤をベンゾグアナミン系架橋剤という。
 これらの中でも、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、尿素系架橋剤及びメラミン系架橋剤よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物を含むことが好ましく、後述するグリコールウリル系架橋剤及びメラミン系架橋剤よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物を含むことがより好ましい。
[Methylol group-containing cross-linking agent, alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent]
The negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one cross-linking agent selected from the group consisting of a methylol group-containing cross-linking agent and an alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent.
As the methylol group-containing cross-linking agent or the alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent, for example, formaldehyde or formaldehyde and alcohol are reacted with an amino group-containing compound such as melamine, glycoluryl, urea, alkylene urea, and benzoguanamine, and the hydrogen atom of the amino group is described. Examples thereof include compounds having a structure in which the above is substituted with a methylol group or an alkoxymethyl group. The method for producing these compounds is not particularly limited, and any compound having the same structure as the compound produced by the above method may be used. Further, it may be an oligomer formed by self-condensing the methylol groups of these compounds.
As the above amino group-containing compound, the cross-linking agent using melamine is a melamine-based cross-linking agent, the cross-linking agent using glycoluril, urea or alkylene urea is a urea-based cross-linking agent, and the cross-linking agent using alkylene urea is an alkylene urea-based cross-linking agent. A cross-linking agent using an agent or benzoguanamine is called a benzoguanamine-based cross-linking agent.
Among these, the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a urea-based cross-linking agent and a melamine-based cross-linking agent, and the glycoluril-based cross-linking agent and the glycol-based cross-linking agent described later are preferably contained. It is more preferable to contain at least one compound selected from the group consisting of melamine-based cross-linking agents.
 メラミン系架橋剤の具体例としては、ヘキサメトキシメチルメラミン、ヘキサエトキシメチルメラミン、ヘキサプロポキシメチルメラミン、ヘキサブトキシブチルメラミンなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the melamine-based cross-linking agent include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, hexabutoxybutyl melamine and the like.
 尿素系架橋剤の具体例としては、例えばモノヒドロキシメチル化グリコールウリル、ジヒドロキシメチル化グリコールウリル、トリヒドロキシメチル化グリコールウリル、テトラヒドロキシメチル化グリコールウリル、モノメトキシメチル化グリコールウリル,ジメトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、トリメトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、テトラメトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、モノメトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、ジメトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、トリメトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、テトラエトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、モノプロポキシメチル化グリコールウリル、ジプロポキシメチル化グリコールウリル、トリプロポキシメチル化グリコールウリル、テトラプロポキシメチル化グリコールウリル、モノブトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、ジブトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、トリブトキシメチル化グリコールウリル、又は、テトラブトキシメチル化グリコールウリルなどのグリコールウリル系架橋剤;
 ビスメトキシメチル尿素、ビスエトキシメチル尿素、ビスプロポキシメチル尿素、ビスブトキシメチル尿素等の尿素系架橋剤、
 モノヒドロキシメチル化エチレン尿素又はジヒドロキシメチル化エチレン尿素、モノメトキシメチル化エチレン尿素、ジメトキシメチル化エチレン尿素、モノエトキシメチル化エチレン尿素、ジエトキシメチル化エチレン尿素、モノプロポキシメチル化エチレン尿素、ジプロポキシメチル化エチレン尿素、モノブトキシメチル化エチレン尿素、又は、ジブトキシメチル化エチレン尿素などのエチレン尿素系架橋剤、
 モノヒドロキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、ジヒドロキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、モノメトキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、ジメトキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、モノジエトキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、ジエトキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、モノプロポキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、ジプロポキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、モノブトキシメチル化プロピレン尿素、又は、ジブトキシメチル化プロピレン尿素などのプロピレン尿素系架橋剤、
 1,3-ジ(メトキシメチル)4,5-ジヒドロキシ-2-イミダゾリジノン、1,3-ジ(メトキシメチル)-4,5-ジメトキシ-2-イミダゾリジノンなどが挙げられる。
Specific examples of the urea-based cross-linking agent include monohydroxymethylated glycol uryl, dihydroxymethylated glycol uryl, trihydroxymethylated glycol uryl, tetrahydroxymethylated glycol uryl, monomethoxymethylated glycol uryl, and dimethoxymethylated glycol uryl. , Trimethoxymethylated glycol uryl, tetramethoxymethylated glycol uryl, monomethoxymethylated glycol uryl, dimethoxymethylated glycol uryl, trimethoxymethylated glycol uryl, tetraethoxymethylated glycol uryl, monopropoxymethylated glycol uryl, di Propoxymethylated glycol uryl, tripropoxymethylated glycol uryl, tetrapropoxymethylated glycol uryl, monobutoxymethylated glycol uryl, dibutoxymethylated glycol uryl, tributoxymethylated glycol uryl, or tetrabutoxymethylated glycol uryl, etc. Glycoluryl-based cross-linking agent;
Urea-based cross-linking agents such as bismethoxymethylurea, bisethoxymethylurea, bispropoxymethylurea, and bisbutoxymethylurea,
Monohydroxymethylated ethyleneurea or dihydroxymethylated ethyleneurea, monomethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, dimethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, monoethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, diethoxymethylated ethyleneurea, monopropoxymethylated ethyleneurea, dipropoxymethyl Ethyleneurea-based cross-linking agents such as ethyleneurea, monobutoxymethylated, or dibutoxymethylated ethyleneurea,
Monohydroxymethylated propylene urea, dihydroxymethylated propylene urea, monomethoxymethylated propylene urea, dimethoxymethylated propylene urea, monodiethoxymethylated propylene urea, diethoxymethylated propylene urea, monopropoxymethylated propylene urea, dipropoxy A propylene urea-based cross-linking agent such as methylated propylene urea, monobutoxymethylated propylene urea, or dibutoxymethylated propylene urea,
Examples thereof include 1,3-di (methoxymethyl) 4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidinone and 1,3-di (methoxymethyl) -4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolidinone.
 ベンゾグアナミン系架橋剤の具体例としては、例えばモノヒドロキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、ジヒドロキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、トリヒドロキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、テトラヒドロキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、モノメトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、ジメトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、トリメトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、テトラメトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、モノメトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、ジメトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、トリメトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、テトラエトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、モノプロポキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、ジプロポキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、トリプロポキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、テトラプロポキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、モノブトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、ジブトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、トリブトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、テトラブトキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミンなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the benzoguanamine-based cross-linking agent include monohydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, dihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, trihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrahydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine. , Tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrapropoxy Methylated benzoguanamine, monobutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine and the like can be mentioned.
 その他、メチロール基含有架橋剤又はアルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤としては、芳香環(好ましくはベンゼン環)にメチロール基及びアルコキシメチル基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一種の基が直接結合した化合物も好適に用いられる。
 このような化合物の具体例としては、ベンゼンジメタノール、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)クレゾール、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)ジメトキシベンゼン、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)ジフェニルエーテル、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)ベンゾフェノン、ヒドロキシメチル安息香酸ヒドロキシメチルフェニル、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)ビフェニル、ジメチルビス(ヒドロキシメチル)ビフェニル、ビス(メトキシメチル)ベンゼン、ビス(メトキシメチル)クレゾール、ビス(メトキシメチル)ジメトキシベンゼン、ビス(メトキシメチル)ジフェニルエーテル、ビス(メトキシメチル)ベンゾフェノン、メトキシメチル安息香酸メトキシメチルフェニル、ビス(メトキシメチル)ビフェニル、ジメチルビス(メトキシメチル)ビフェニル、4,4’,4’’-エチリデントリス[2,6-ビス(メトキシメチル)フェノール]、5,5’-[2,2,2‐トリフルオロ‐1‐(トリフルオロメチル)エチリデン]ビス[2‐ヒドロキシ‐1,3‐ベンゼンジメタノール]、3,3’,5,5’-テトラキス(メトキシメチル)-1,1’-ビフェニル-4,4’-ジオール等が挙げられる。
In addition, as the methylol group-containing cross-linking agent or the alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent, a compound in which at least one group selected from the group consisting of a methylol group and an alkoxymethyl group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring) is also preferable. Used for.
Specific examples of such compounds include benzenedimethanol, bis (hydroxymethyl) cresol, bis (hydroxymethyl) dimethoxybenzene, bis (hydroxymethyl) diphenyl ether, bis (hydroxymethyl) benzophenone, and hydroxymethylphenyl hydroxymethylbenzoate. , Bis (hydroxymethyl) biphenyl, dimethylbis (hydroxymethyl) biphenyl, bis (methoxymethyl) benzene, bis (methoxymethyl) cresol, bis (methoxymethyl) dimethoxybenzene, bis (methoxymethyl) diphenyl ether, bis (methoxymethyl) Benzenephenone, methoxymethylphenyl methoxymethylbenzoate, bis (methoxymethyl) biphenyl, dimethylbis (methoxymethyl) biphenyl, 4,4', 4''-ethylidentris [2,6-bis (methoxymethyl) phenol], 5 , 5'-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1- (trifluoromethyl) ethylidene] bis [2-hydroxy-1,3-benzenedimethanol], 3,3', 5,5'-tetrakis ( Methoxymethyl) -1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diol and the like can be mentioned.
 メチロール基含有架橋剤又はアルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤としては、市販品を用いてもよく、好適な市販品としては、46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上、旭有機材工業社製)、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-OEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-OCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DML-MBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DMLBisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上、本州化学工業社製)、ニカラック(登録商標、以下同様)MX-290、ニカラックMX-280、ニカラックMX-270、ニカラックMX-279、ニカラックMW-100LM、ニカラックMX-750LM(以上、三和ケミカル社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available products may be used as the methylol group-containing cross-linking agent or the alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent, and suitable commercially available products include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Industry Co., Ltd.), DML-PC, and DML-. PEP, DML-OC, DML-OEP, DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP-Z, DML-BPC, DMLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, DMOM-PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML- pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML-BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM- TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (above, manufactured by Honshu Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.), Nicarac (registered trademark, the same applies hereinafter) MX-290, Nicarac MX-280, Nicarac MX-270, Nicarac MX-279, Nicarac MW-100LM, Nicarac MX- 750LM (above, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned.
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物がメチロール基含有架橋剤又はアルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~15質量%であることが更に好ましく、1.0~10質量%であることが特に好ましい。メチロール基含有架橋剤又はアルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤は1種のみ含まれていてもよいし、2種以上含まれていてもよい。メチロール基含有架橋剤又はアルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the negative curable composition of the present invention contains a methylol group-containing cross-linking agent or an alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent, the content thereof is 0.1 to 0.1 to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is preferably 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, further preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. .. Only one type of the methylol group-containing cross-linking agent or the alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of a methylol group-containing cross-linking agent or an alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent are contained, the total thereof is preferably in the above range.
〔環状エーテル基含有架橋剤〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、環状エーテル基含有架橋剤を含むことが好ましい。
 環状エーテル基含有架橋剤としては、環状エーテル基としてエポキシ基を有する架橋剤(エポキシ化合物)、又は、環状エーテル基としてオキセタニル基を有する架橋剤(オキセタニル化合物)が好ましい。
[Cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent]
The negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent.
As the cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent, a cross-linking agent having an epoxy group as a cyclic ether group (epoxide compound) or a cross-linking agent having an oxetanyl group as a cyclic ether group (oxetanyl compound) is preferable.
-エポキシ化合物(エポキシ基を有する架橋剤)-
 エポキシ化合物としては、一分子中にエポキシ基を2以上有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基は、200℃以下で架橋反応し、かつ、架橋に由来する脱水反応が起こらないため膜収縮が起きにくい。このため、エポキシ化合物を含有することは、ネガ型硬化性組成物の低温硬化及び反りの抑制に効果的である。
-Epoxy compound (crosslinking agent with epoxy group)-
The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. The epoxy group undergoes a cross-linking reaction at 200 ° C. or lower, and the dehydration reaction derived from the cross-linking does not occur, so that film shrinkage is unlikely to occur. Therefore, the inclusion of the epoxy compound is effective in suppressing low-temperature curing and warpage of the negative-type curable composition.
 エポキシ化合物は、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有することが好ましい。これにより、より弾性率が低下し、また反りを抑制することができる。ポリエチレンオキサイド基は、エチレンオキサイドの繰返し単位数が2以上のものを意味し、繰返し単位数が2~15であることが好ましい。 The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. As a result, the elastic modulus can be further reduced and warpage can be suppressed. The polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2 to 15.
 エポキシ化合物の例としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂;ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂;プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ブチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ヘキサメチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、トリメチロールプロパントリグリシジルエーテル等のアルキレングリコール型エポキシ樹脂又は多価アルコール炭化水素型エポキシ樹脂;ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等のポリアルキレングリコール型エポキシ樹脂;ポリメチル(グリシジロキシプロピル)シロキサン等のエポキシ基含有シリコーンなどを挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。具体的には、エピクロン(登録商標)850-S、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4032、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-7200、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-820、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4700、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4710、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4770、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-859CRP、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-1514、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4880、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4850-150、エピクロンEXA-4850-1000、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4816、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4822(以上商品名、DIC(株)製)、リカレジン(登録商標)BEO-60E(商品名、新日本理化(株))、EP-4003S、EP-4000S(以上商品名、(株)ADEKA製)、セロキサイド2021P、2081、2000、3000、EHPE3150、エポリードGT400、セルビナースB0134、B0177(以上商品名、(株)ダイセル製)、NC-3000、NC-3000-L、NC-3000-H、NC-3000-FH-75M、NC-3100、CER-3000-L、NC-2000-L、XD-1000、NC-7000L、NC-7300L、EPPN-501H、EPPN-501HY、EPPN-502H、EOCN-1020、EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、CER-1020、EPPN-201、BREN-S、BREN-10S(以上商品名、日本化薬(株)製)、デナコール EX-211、EX-212、EX-252、EX-810、EX-811、EX-850、EX-851、EX-821、EX-830、EX-832、EX-841、EX-861、EX-920、EX-931、EX-313、EX-314、EX-321、EX-411、EX-421、EX-512、EX-521、EX-621、EX-614、EX-614B、EX-201、EX-711、EX-721、EX-121、EX-145、EX-171、EX-192、EX-141、EX-146、EX-147などが挙げられる。 Examples of epoxy compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, butylene glycol diglycidyl ether, hexamethylene glycol diglycidyl ether. , Trimethylol propantriglycidyl ether and other alkylene glycol type epoxy resins or polyhydric alcohol hydrocarbon type epoxy resins; polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether and other polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resins; polymethyl (glycidyloxypropyl) siloxane and other epoxy groups Examples include, but are not limited to, containing silicones. Specifically, Epicron® 850-S, Epicron® HP-4032, Epicron® HP-7200, Epicron® HP-820, Epicron® HP-4700, Epicron® EXA-4710, Epicron® HP-4770, Epicron® EXA-859CRP, Epicron® EXA-1514, Epicron® EXA-4880, Epicron® EXA-4850-150, Epicron EXA-4850-1000, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4816, Epicron (registered trademark) EXA-4822 (trade name, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), Rica Resin (registered trademark) BEO-60E (Product name, Shin Nihon Rika Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S (trade name, manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), Serokiside 2021P, 2081, 2000, 3000, EHPE3150, Epolide GT400, Servinus B0134, B0177 ( Product name, manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.), NC-3000, NC-3000-L, NC-3000-H, NC-3000-FH-75M, NC-3100, CER-3000-L, NC-2000-L , XD-1000, NC-7000L, NC-7300L, EPPN-501H, EPPN-501HY, EPPN-502H, EOCN-1020, EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, CER-1020, EPPN-201, BREN -S, BREN-10S (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Denacol EX-211, EX-212, EX-252, EX-810, EX-811, EX-850, EX-851, EX -821, EX-830, EX-832, EX-841, EX-861, EX-920, EX-931, EX-313, EX-314, EX-321, EX-411, EX-421, EX-512 , EX-521, EX-621, EX-614, EX-614B, EX-201, EX-711, EX-721, EX-121, EX-145, EX-171, EX-192, EX-141, EX -146, EX-147 and the like can be mentioned.
-オキセタン化合物(オキセタニル基を有する化合物)-
 オキセタン化合物としては、一分子中にオキセタン環を2つ以上有する化合物、3-エチル-3-ヒドロキシメチルオキセタン、1,4-ビス{[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メトキシ]メチル}ベンゼン、3-エチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシルメチル)オキセタン、1,4-ベンゼンジカルボン酸-ビス[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル]エステル等を挙げることができる。具体的な例としては、東亞合成(株)製のアロンオキセタンシリーズ(例えば、OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223)が好適に使用することができ、これらは単独で、又は2種以上混合してもよい。
-Oxetane compound (compound having an oxetanyl group)-
Examples of the oxetane compound include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane, 1,4-bis {[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxy] methyl} benzene, and the like. Examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexylmethyl) oxetane, 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ester and the like. As a specific example, the Aron Oxetane series manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) can be preferably used, and these can be used alone. Alternatively, two or more types may be mixed.
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物が環状エーテル基含有架橋剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~15質量%であることが更に好ましく、1.0~10質量%であることが特に好ましい。環状エーテル基含有架橋剤は1種のみ含まれていてもよいし、2種以上含まれていてもよい。環状エーテル基含有架橋剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the negative curable composition of the present invention contains a cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent, the content thereof shall be 0.1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. Is more preferable, 0.1 to 20% by mass is more preferable, 0.5 to 15% by mass is further preferable, and 1.0 to 10% by mass is particularly preferable. Only one type of the cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agents are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
〔ベンゾオキサゾリル基含有架橋剤〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、ベンゾオキサゾリル基含有架橋剤を含んでもよい。
 ベンゾオキサゾリル基含有架橋剤は、開環付加反応に由来する架橋反応のため、硬化時に脱ガスが発生せず、更に熱収縮を小さくして反りの発生が抑えられることから好ましい。
[Benzodiazepine group-containing cross-linking agent]
The negative curable composition of the present invention may contain a benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agent.
The benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agent is preferable because it is a cross-linking reaction derived from a ring-opening addition reaction, so that degassing does not occur during curing, and heat shrinkage is further reduced to suppress warpage.
 ベンゾオキサゾリル基含有架橋剤の好ましい例としては、B-a型ベンゾオキサジン、B-m型ベンゾオキサジン(以上、商品名、四国化成工業社製)、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂のベンゾオキサジン付加物、フェノールノボラック型ジヒドロベンゾオキサジン化合物が挙げられる。これらは単独で用いるか、又は2種以上混合してもよい。 Preferred examples of the benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agent include BA-type benzoxazine, B-m-type benzoxazine (trade name, manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), and a benzoxazine adduct of a polyhydroxystyrene resin. Examples thereof include phenol novolac type dihydrobenzoxazine compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物がベンゾオキサゾリル基含有架橋剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明のネガ型感光性組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~15質量%であることが更に好ましく、1.0~10質量%であることが特に好ましい。ベンゾオキサゾリル基含有架橋剤は1種のみ含まれていてもよいし、2種以上含まれていてもよい。ベンゾオキサゾリル基含有架橋剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the negative curable composition of the present invention contains a benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agent, the content thereof is 0.1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the negative photosensitive composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, further preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. Only one type of benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agent may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of benzoxazolyl group-containing cross-linking agents are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
<特定シランカップリング剤>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、ケイ素原子に直接結合したアルコキシ基e-1と、上記e-1とは異なる基であって、上記複数種の架橋剤のうち少なくとも1種との間に共有結合を生じうる基e-2とを有するシランカップリング剤(特定シランカップリング剤)を含む。
<Specific silane coupling agent>
In the negative curable composition of the present invention, between an alkoxy group e-1 directly bonded to a silicon atom and a group different from the above e-1 and at least one of the plurality of types of cross-linking agents. Includes a silane coupling agent (specific silane coupling agent) having a group e-2 capable of covalently bonding to.
〔ケイ素原子に直接結合したアルコキシ基e-1〕
 特定シランカップリング剤は、ケイ素原子に直接結合したアルコキシ基e-1を1個のみ有してもよいし、2個以上有してもよいが、得られる硬化膜の耐薬品性、破断伸びの観点からは2個以上有することが好ましく、2個又は3個有することがより好ましく、3個有することが更に好ましい。
 上記e-1におけるアルコキシ基としては、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基がより好ましく、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基がより好ましい。
 特定シランカップリング剤は、上記e-1を含む基として、モノアルコキシシリル基、ジアルコキシシリル基、又は、トリアルコキシシリル基を含むことが好ましく、ジアルコキシシリル基又はトリアルコキシシリル基を含むことがより好ましく、トリアルコキシシリル基を含むことが更に好ましい。
 上記モノアルコキシシリル基、ジアルコキシシリル基、又は、トリアルコキシシリル基に含まれるアルコキシ基が、上記アルコキシ基e-1に該当する。
 また、上記モノアルコキシシリル基に含まれる2つの水素原子、又は、ジアルコキシシリル基に含まれる1つの水素原子は、それぞれ独立に、後述のe-2を有する基により置換されていてもよいし、他の公知の置換基により置換されていてもよい。
[Alkoxy group e-1 directly bonded to a silicon atom]
The specific silane coupling agent may have only one alkoxy group e-1 directly bonded to the silicon atom or may have two or more alkoxy groups, but the obtained cured film may have chemical resistance and elongation at break. From the viewpoint of the above, it is preferable to have two or more, more preferably two or three, and further preferably three.
As the alkoxy group in e-1, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a methoxy group or an ethoxy group is more preferable.
The specific silane coupling agent preferably contains a monoalkoxysilyl group, a dialkoxysilyl group, or a trialkoxysilyl group as the group containing the above e-1, and preferably contains a dialkoxysilyl group or a trialkoxysilyl group. Is more preferable, and it is further preferable to contain a trialkoxysilyl group.
The alkoxy group contained in the monoalkoxysilyl group, the dialkoxysilyl group, or the trialkoxysilyl group corresponds to the alkoxy group e-1.
Further, the two hydrogen atoms contained in the monoalkoxysilyl group or one hydrogen atom contained in the dialkoxysilyl group may be independently substituted with a group having e-2, which will be described later. , May be substituted with other known substituents.
 また、特定シランカップリング剤は、ケイ素原子を1つのみ有していてもよいし、2つ以上有していてもよいが、1つのみ有することが好ましい。
 ケイ素原子を2以上有する場合、少なくとも1つのケイ素原子に上述のアルコキシ基e-1が結合していればよく、全てのケイ素原子に上述のアルコキシ基e-1が結合していてもよい。
Further, the specific silane coupling agent may have only one silicon atom or may have two or more silicon atoms, but it is preferable that the specific silane coupling agent has only one silicon atom.
When it has two or more silicon atoms, the above-mentioned alkoxy group e-1 may be bonded to at least one silicon atom, and the above-mentioned alkoxy group e-1 may be bonded to all silicon atoms.
〔架橋剤と共有結合を生じうる基e-2〕
 e-2は、上記複数種の架橋剤のうち少なくとも1種との間に共有結合を生じうる基であれば特に限定されないが、上記複数種の架橋剤のうち少なくとも1種に含まれる架橋性基と共有結合を生じうる基であることが好ましい。すなわち、架橋剤の架橋性基との間に共有結合を形成する基であることが好ましい。
 e-2としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、環状エーテル基、アルコキシメチル基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、酸無水物基、イソシアネート基、ブロックイソシアネート基等が挙げられ、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、環状エーテル基、又は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。
 上記エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましく、反応性の観点からは、(メタ)アクリロキシ基がより好ましい。
 上記エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基は、例えば、エチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合を含む基と共有結合を生じうる基である。
 上記アルコキシメチル基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、酸無水物基、イソシアネート基、又は、ブロックイソシアネート基は、例えば、上記環状エーテル基含有化合物における環状エーテル基、上記アルコキシメチル基含有化合物に含まれるアルコキシメチル基、又は、上記メチロール基含有化合物に含まれるメチロール基と共有結合を生じうる基である。
[Group e-2 that can form a covalent bond with a cross-linking agent]
e-2 is not particularly limited as long as it is a group capable of covalently forming a covalent bond with at least one of the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents, but is included in at least one of the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents. It is preferably a group that can form a covalent bond with the group. That is, it is preferable that the group forms a covalent bond with the crosslinkable group of the crosslinking agent.
Examples of e-2 include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, an alkoxymethyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, an acid anhydride group, an isocyanate group, a blocked isocyanate group and the like. , A group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, or a carboxy group is preferable.
Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, and the like, a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable, and a (meth) group is preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity. Acryloyl groups are more preferred.
The group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond is, for example, a group capable of covalently forming a covalent bond with a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond contained in an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent.
The alkoxymethyl group, carboxy group, amino group, hydroxy group, mercapto group, acid anhydride group, isocyanate group, or blocked isocyanate group is, for example, the cyclic ether group in the cyclic ether group-containing compound and the alkoxymethyl group-containing. It is a group that can form a covalent bond with the alkoxymethyl group contained in the compound or the methylol group contained in the methylol group-containing compound.
 特定シランカップリング剤は、e-2を1以上有していればよく、2以上有していてもよい。
 e-2は特定シランカップリング剤に直接結合していてもよいし、連結基を介して結合していてもよいが、連結基を介して結合していることが好ましい。連結基としては特に限定されず、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-、又は、これらの組み合わせにより表される基等が挙げられ、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、又は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-の組み合わせにより表される基が好ましい。上記Rは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表し、水素原子が好ましい。
The specific silane coupling agent may have 1 or more e-2, and may have 2 or more.
e-2 may be directly bonded to the specific silane coupling agent or may be bonded via a linking group, but it is preferably bonded via a linking group. The linking group is not particularly limited, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NR N- , Or a group represented by a combination of these, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, -O-, -C (=). A group represented by a combination of O)-,-S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NR N- is preferable. The RN represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の好ましい態様の例を下記(1)~下記(3)に示す
(1)上記複数種の架橋剤のうち1種としてエチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤を含み、かつ、e-2として、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基を有する特定シランカップリング剤を含む
(2)上記複数種の架橋剤のうち1種として環状エーテル基含有架橋剤、アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤、及び、メチロール基含有架橋剤よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の架橋剤を含み、かつ、e-2として、環状エーテル基を含む基を有する特定シランカップリング剤を含む
(3)上記複数種の架橋剤のうち1種として環状エーテル基含有架橋剤、アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤、及び、メチロール基含有架橋剤よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の架橋剤を含み、かつ、e-2として、カルボキシ基を含む基を有する特定シランカップリング剤を含む
Examples of preferred embodiments of the negative curable composition of the present invention are shown in (1) to (3) below. (1) An ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agent is included as one of the above-mentioned plurality of kinds of cross-linking agents. And, as e-2, a specific silane coupling agent having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond is contained. (2) A cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent and an alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent are contained as one of the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents. It contains at least one cross-linking agent selected from the group consisting of a cross-linking agent and a methylol group-containing cross-linking agent, and as e-2, contains a specific silane coupling agent having a group containing a cyclic ether group (3). ) One of the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents contains at least one cross-linking agent selected from the group consisting of a cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent, an alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent, and a methylol group-containing cross-linking agent, and , E-2 contains a specific silane coupling agent having a group containing a carboxy group.
〔式(S-1)〕
 本発明の特定シランカップリング剤は、下記式(S-1)で表される構造であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(S-1)中、Eはアルコキシ基を表し、LS1はn+1価の連結基を表し、Eは上記複数種の架橋剤のうち少なくとも1種との間に共有結合を生じうる基を表し、nは1以上の整数を表し、RS1は置換基を表し、aは1以上の整数を表し、bは1以上の整数を表し、cは0以上の整数を表し、a、b及びcの合計は4である。
[Equation (S-1)]
The specific silane coupling agent of the present invention preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (S-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Wherein (S1), E 1 represents an alkoxy group, L S1 represents n + 1 valent linking group, E 2 can result in covalent bonds between at least one of the plurality of types of crosslinking agent represents a group, n represents an integer of 1 or more, R S1 represents a substituent, a is an integer of 1 or more, b represents an integer of 1 or more, c is an integer of 0 or more, a, The sum of b and c is 4.
 式(S-1)中、Eは上述のe-1に該当する基であり、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基がより好ましく、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基がより好ましい。
 式(S-1)中、aは1、2又は3であることが好ましく、2又は3であることがより好ましく、3であることが更に好ましい。
In the formula (S-1), E 1 is a group corresponding to the above-mentioned e-1, preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. Groups are more preferred.
In the formula (S-1), a is preferably 1, 2 or 3, more preferably 2 or 3, and even more preferably 3.
 式(S-1)中、Eは上述のe-2に該当する基であり、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、環状エーテル基、アルコキシメチル基、メチロール基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、酸無水物基、イソシアネート基、ブロックイソシアネート基が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合を含む基、環状エーテル基、又は、カルボキシ基がより好ましい。
 式(S-1)中、nは1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。
 式(S-1)中、LS1は脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-、又は、これらの組み合わせにより表される基が好ましく、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、又は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-NR-の組み合わせにより表される基がより好ましい。上記Rは、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表し、水素原子が好ましい。
 式(S-1)中、bは1又は2であることが好ましく、1であることがより好ましい。
In the formula (S-1), E 2 is a group corresponding to the above-mentioned e-2, and is a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, an alkoxymethyl group, a methylol group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a hydroxy group. A group, a mercapto group, an acid anhydride group, an isocyanate group, and a blocked isocyanate group are preferable, and a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, or a carboxy group is more preferable.
In the formula (S-1), n is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
In formula (S-1), LS1 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NR. A group represented by N- or a combination thereof is preferable, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, -O-, -C (=) More preferably, a group represented by a combination of O)-, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NR N-. The RN represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
In the formula (S-1), b is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
 式(S-1)中、RS1は置換基を表し、シランカップリング剤の分野において公知の置換基を特に限定なく用いることができるが、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。
 式(S-1)中、cは0、1又は2であることが好ましく、0であることがより好ましい。
Wherein (S1), R S1 represents a substituent, may be used without any particular limitation known substituents in the field of the silane coupling agent is preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group ..
In the formula (S-1), c is preferably 0, 1 or 2, and more preferably 0.
〔分子量〕
 特定シランカップリング剤の分子量は、100~2,000であることが好ましく、150~1,000であることがより好ましい。
[Molecular weight]
The molecular weight of the specific silane coupling agent is preferably 100 to 2,000, more preferably 150 to 1,000.
〔具体例〕
 特定シランカップリング剤としては、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-アクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-アクリロキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、アリルトリメトキシシラン、アリルトリエトキシシラン、トリメトキシ(4-ビニルフェニル)シラン、トリエトキシ(4-ビニルフェニル)シラン、3-アクリルアミドプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アクリルアミドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-アクリルアミドプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-アクリルアミドプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-メタクリルアミドプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリルアミドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メタクリルアミドプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メタクリルアミドプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、N-(3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピル)マレインアミド酸、N-(3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピル)フタルアミド酸、ベンゾフェノン-3,3’-ビス(N-(3-トリエトキシシリル)プロピルアミド)-4,4’-ジカルボン酸、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-トリエトキシシリル-N-(1,3-ジメチル-ブチリデン)プロピルアミン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(ビニルベンジル)-2-アミノエチル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシランの塩酸塩、ヒドロキシメチルトリメトキシシラン、ヒドロキシエチルトリメトキシシラン、(3-(N,N-ジヒドロキシエチルアミノ)プロピル)トリメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルコハク酸無水物、3-イソシアネートプロピルトリエトキシシラン等が挙げられる。
 特定シランカップリング剤としては、市販品を使用してもよく、市販品としては、KBM-1003、KBE-1003、KBM-303、KBM-402、KBM-403、KBE-402、KBE-403、KBM-1403、KBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103、KBM-602、KBM-603、KBM-903、KBE-903、KBE-9103P、KBM-573、KBM-575、KBM-9659、KBE-585、KBM-802、KBM-803、KBE-9007N、X-12-967C(以上、信越シリコーン(株)製)、DOWSIL(登録商標)シリーズ、XIAMETERシリーズ(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、サイラエース(登録商標)シリーズ(JNC(株)製)等が挙げられる。
〔Concrete example〕
Specific silane coupling agents include 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, and 3-methacryloxypropyl. Trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, allyltrimethoxysilane, allyltriethoxy Silane, Trimethoxy (4-vinylphenyl) silane, Triethoxy (4-vinylphenyl) silane, 3-acrylamidepropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-acrylamidepropyltriethoxysilane, 3-acrylamidepropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-acrylamidepropylmethyldi Ethoxysilane, 3-methacrylamidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacrylamidepropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacrylamidopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacrylamidepropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, N- (3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl) maleeamide acid, N- (3- (triethoxysilyl) silyl) ) Propyl) phthalamic acid, benzophenone-3,3'-bis (N- (3-triethoxysilyl) propylamide) -4,4'-dicarboxylic acid, N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyl Dimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N- (1,3-dimethyl) -Buchilidene) Propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (vinylbenzyl) -2-aminoethyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane hydrochloride, hydroxymethyltrimethoxysilane, hydroxyethyltri Methoxysilane, (3- (N, N-dihydroxyethylamino) propyl) trimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopro Examples thereof include pyrtrimethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinate anhydride, and 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane.
As the specific silane coupling agent, a commercially available product may be used, and as the commercially available product, KBM-1003, KBE-1003, KBM-303, KBM-402, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBE-403, KBM-1403, KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-602, KBM-603, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBE-9103P, KBM-573, KBM- 575, KBM-9569, KBE-585, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-9007N, X-12-967C (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.), DOWNSIL® series, XIAMETER series (above, Dow Toray Co., Ltd.), Silane Ace (registered trademark) series (JNC Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned.
〔含有量〕
 特定シランカップリング剤の含有量は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~15質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~5質量%であることが更に好ましい。
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、特定シランカップリング剤を1種のみ含有してもよいし、2種以上含有してもよい。2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
〔Content〕
The content of the specific silane coupling agent is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass.
The negative curable composition of the present invention may contain only one specific silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more of them. When two or more kinds are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
<特定シランカップリング剤以外の他のシランカップリング剤>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、特定シランカップリング剤以外の他のシランカップリング剤を更に含んでもよい。
 他のシランカップリング剤としては、ケイ素原子に直接結合したアルコキシ基e-1を有し、かつ、上記複数種の架橋剤のうち少なくとも1種との間に共有結合を生じうる基e-2を有しないシランカップリング剤が挙げられる。
 他のシランカプリング剤としては、例えば、イミダゾール構造等の環構造及びアルコキシシリル基を有するシランカップリング剤、N-トリメチルシリルアセトアミド等のアルキルアミド構造及びアルコキシシリル基を有するシランカップリング剤等が挙げられる。
<Silane coupling agents other than specific silane coupling agents>
The negative curable composition of the present invention may further contain a silane coupling agent other than the specific silane coupling agent.
As another silane coupling agent, a group e-2 which has an alkoxy group e-1 directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a covalent bond with at least one of the above-mentioned plurality of types of cross-linking agents. Examples include silane coupling agents that do not have.
Examples of other silane coupling agents include silane coupling agents having a ring structure such as an imidazole structure and an alkoxysilyl group, and silane coupling agents having an alkylamide structure such as N-trimethylsilylacetamide and an alkoxysilyl group. ..
〔含有量〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物が他のシランカップリング剤を含む場合、他のシランカップリング剤の含有量は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~15質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~5質量%であることが更に好ましい。
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、他のシランカップリング剤を1種のみ含有してもよいし、2種以上含有してもよい。2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
〔Content〕
When the negative curable composition of the present invention contains another silane coupling agent, the content of the other silane coupling agent is 0.1 with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is preferably about 30% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass.
The negative curable composition of the present invention may contain only one type of other silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types of other silane coupling agents. When two or more kinds are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
<ラジカル発生剤>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、ラジカル発生剤を含むことが好ましい。
 ラジカル発生剤としては、光ラジカル発生剤又は熱ラジカル発生剤が好ましく、光ラジカル発生剤がより好ましい。
 また、ラジカル発生剤としては、オキシム構造を有するラジカル発生剤が好ましく、オキシム構造を有する光ラジカル発生剤がより好ましい。
<Radical generator>
The negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a radical generator.
As the radical generator, a photoradical generator or a thermal radical generator is preferable, and a photoradical generator is more preferable.
Further, as the radical generator, a radical generator having an oxime structure is preferable, and a photoradical generator having an oxime structure is more preferable.
〔光ラジカル発生剤〕
 光ラジカル発生剤としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、光ラジカル重合開始剤として公知の化合物の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。また、光励起された増感剤と何らかの作用を生じ、活性ラジカルを生成する活性剤であってもよい。
[Photo radical generator]
The photoradical generator is not particularly limited, and for example, a compound known as a photoradical polymerization initiator can be appropriately selected. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light rays in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable. Further, it may be an activator that produces an active radical by causing some action with the photoexcited sensitizer.
 光ラジカル発生剤は、約300~800nm(好ましくは330~500nm)の範囲内の波長の光に対して少なくとも約50L・mol-1・cm-1のモル吸光係数を有する化合物を、少なくとも1種含有していることが好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶剤を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The photoradical generator is at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 L · mol -1 · cm -1 with respect to light having a wavelength in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). It is preferably contained. The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
 光ラジカル発生剤としては、公知の化合物を任意に使用できる。例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物、トリハロメチル基を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム誘導体等のオキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ケトオキシムエーテル、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン、アゾ系化合物、アジド化合物、メタロセン化合物、有機ホウ素化合物、鉄アレーン錯体などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0165~0182、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0138~0151の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the photoradical generator, a known compound can be arbitrarily used. For example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime derivatives and the like. Oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketooxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenones, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron arene complexes, etc. Can be mentioned. For details thereof, the description of paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of JP2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 ケトン化合物としては、例えば、特開2015-087611号公報の段落0087に記載の化合物が例示され、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。市販品では、カヤキュアーDETX(日本化薬(株)製)も好適に用いられる。 Examples of the ketone compound include the compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. As a commercially available product, KayaCure DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) is also preferably used.
 光ラジカル発生剤としては、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン化合物、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、及び、アシルホスフィン化合物も好適に用いることができる。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号に記載のアシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤も用いることができる。 As the photoradical generator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acylphosphine compound can also be preferably used. More specifically, for example, the aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and the acylphosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
 ヒドロキシアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、IRGACURE 184(IRGACUREは登録商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。 As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE 127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369、及び、IRGACURE 379(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、及び、Omnirad 379(いずれもIGM Resins社製)を用いることができる。 As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF), Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, and Omnirad 379 (all manufactured by IGM Resin). ) Can be used.
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤として、365nm又は405nm等の波長光源に吸収極大波長がマッチングされた特開2009-191179号公報に記載の化合物も用いることができる。 As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, the compound described in JP-A-2009-191179, in which the absorption maximum wavelength is matched with a wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm, can also be used.
 アシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤としては、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-ホスフィンオキサイドなどが挙げられる。また、市販品であるIRGACURE-819やIRGACURE-TPO(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)、Omnirad 819やOmnirad TPO(いずれもIGM Resins社製)を用いることができる。 Examples of the acylphosphine oxide-based initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide. Further, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819, IRGACURE-TPO (trade name: all manufactured by BASF), Omnirad 819 and Omnirad TPO (all manufactured by IGM Resins) can be used.
 メタロセン化合物としては、IRGACURE-784(BASF社製)などが例示される。 Examples of the metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF).
 光ラジカル発生剤として、より好ましくはオキシム構造を有する光ラジカル発生剤(オキシム化合物)が挙げられる。オキシム化合物を用いることにより、露光ラチチュードをより効果的に向上させることが可能になる。オキシム化合物は、露光ラチチュード(露光マージン)が広く、かつ、光硬化促進剤としても働くため、特に好ましい。 Examples of the photoradical generator include a photoradical generator (oxime compound) having an oxime structure. By using the oxime compound, the exposure latitude can be improved more effectively. The oxime compound is particularly preferable because it has a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also acts as a photocuring accelerator.
 オキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物を用いることができる。 As specific examples of the oxime compound, the compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, the compound described in JP-A-2000-080068, and the compound described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used.
 好ましいオキシム化合物としては、例えば、下記の構造の化合物や、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、及び2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物においては、特に光ラジカル発生剤としてオキシム化合物(オキシム系の光ラジカル発生剤)を用いることが好ましい。光ラジカル発生剤であるオキシム化合物は、分子内に >C=N-O-C(=O)- で表される連結基を有する。 Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxy. Iminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane-2-one , And 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like. In the negative curable composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound (oxime-based photoradical generator) as the photoradical generator. The oxime compound, which is a photoradical generator, has a linking group represented by> C = NOC (= O)-in the molecule.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 市販品ではIRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02(以上、BASF社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光ラジカル重合開始剤2)も好適に用いられる。また、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカアークルズNCI-831及びアデカアークルズNCI-930((株)ADEKA製)も用いることができる。また、DFI-091(ダイトーケミックス(株)製)を用いることができる。 As commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02 (above, manufactured by BASF), and ADEKA PUTMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, Photoradical Polymerization Initiator 2) described in JP2012-014502A are also suitable. Used for. Further, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Powerful Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkuru's NCI-831 and Adeka Arkuru's NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can also be used. Further, DFI-091 (manufactured by Daito Chemix Co., Ltd.) can be used.
 また以下の化合物も使用することができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000019
The following compounds can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000019
 また、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることも可能である。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載されている化合物、特表2014-500852号公報の段落0345に記載されている化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報の段落0101に記載されている化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 It is also possible to use an oxime compound having a fluorine atom. Specific examples of such an oxime compound include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36-40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013. Examples thereof include the compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-A-164471.
 最も好ましいオキシム化合物としては、特開2007-269779号公報に示される特定置換基を有するオキシム化合物や、特開2009-191061号公報に示されるチオアリール基を有するオキシム化合物などが挙げられる。 Examples of the most preferable oxime compound include an oxime compound having a specific substituent shown in JP-A-2007-269779 and an oxime compound having a thioaryl group shown in JP-A-2009-191061.
 光ラジカル発生剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物及びその誘導体、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体及びその塩、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、3-アリール置換クマリン化合物よりなる群から選択される化合物が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photoradical generator includes trihalomethyltriazine compound, benzyldimethylketal compound, α-hydroxyketone compound, α-aminoketone compound, acylphosphine compound, phosphine oxide compound, metallocene compound, oxime compound, and triarylimidazole. Selected from the group consisting of dimer, onium salt compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and its derivative, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex and its salt, halomethyloxaziazole compound, 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound. Compounds are preferred.
 更に好ましい光ラジカル発生剤は、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物であり、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、ベンゾフェノン化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物が一層好ましく、メタロセン化合物又はオキシム化合物を用いるのがより一層好ましく、オキシム化合物が更に一層好ましい。 More preferred photoradical generators are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and trihalo. At least one compound selected from the group consisting of a methyltriazine compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an oxime compound, a triarylimidazole dimer, and a benzophenone compound is more preferable, a metallocene compound or an oxime compound is further preferable, and the oxime compound is more preferable. Even more preferable.
 また、光ラジカル発生剤は、ベンゾフェノン、N,N’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン(ミヒラーケトン)等のN,N’-テトラアルキル-4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1,2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノ-プロパノン-1等の芳香族ケトン、アルキルアントラキノン等の芳香環と縮環したキノン類、ベンゾインアルキルエーテル等のベンゾインエーテル化合物、ベンゾイン、アルキルベンゾイン等のベンゾイン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール等のベンジル誘導体などを用いることもできる。また、下記式(I)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。 The photoradical generator is N, N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2-benzyl-, such as benzophenone, N, N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler ketone). 2-Dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholino-propanone-1 and other aromatic ketones, alkylanthraquinone and the like Kinones fused with an aromatic ring, benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether, benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkyl benzoin, and benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal can also be used. Further, a compound represented by the following formula (I) can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(I)中、RI00は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、1個以上の酸素原子によって中断された炭素数2~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、フェニル基、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、炭素数2~12のアルケニル基、1個以上の酸素原子によって中断された炭素数2~18のアルキル基及び炭素数1~4のアルキル基の少なくとも1つで置換されたフェニル基、又はビフェニルであり、RI01は、式(II)で表される基であるか、RI00と同じ基であり、RI02~RI04は各々独立に炭素数1~12のアルキル、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基又はハロゲンである。 In formula (I), RI00 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, and the like. Alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkoxy group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogen atom, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, alkenyl group with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, carbon number 2 to 2 interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms 18 alkyl group and at least one substituted phenyl group of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or biphenyl, R I01 is a group represented by formula (II), the same as R I00 The groups, R I02 to R I04, are independently alkyls having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or halogens, respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式中、RI05~RI07は、上記式(I)のRI02~RI04と同じである。 In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I 02 to R I 04 of the above formula (I).
 また、光ラジカル発生剤は、国際公開第2015/125469号の段落0048~0055に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the photoradical generator, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/1254669 can also be used.
 光ラジカル発生剤の含有量は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、更に好ましくは0.5~15質量%であり、一層好ましくは1.0~10質量%である。光ラジカル発生剤は1種のみ含まれていてもよいし、2種以上含まれていてもよい。光ラジカル発生剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the photoradical generator is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and even more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. Only one type of photoradical generator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of photoradical generators are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
〔熱ラジカル発生剤〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、熱ラジカル発生剤を更に含んでもよい。
 熱ラジカル発生剤は、熱のエネルギーによってラジカルを発生し、重合性を有する化合物の重合反応を開始又は促進させる化合物である。熱ラジカル発生剤を添加することによって、加熱時にラジカル重合反応がさらに進行するため、より架橋密度を向上できる場合がある。
[Thermal radical generator]
The negative curable composition of the present invention may further contain a thermal radical generator.
A thermal radical generator is a compound that generates radicals by heat energy to initiate or accelerate the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal radical generator, the radical polymerization reaction further proceeds during heating, so that the crosslink density may be further improved.
 熱ラジカル発生剤として、具体的には、特開2008-063554号公報の段落0074~0118に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the thermal radical generator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-063554.
 熱ラジカル発生剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、更に好ましくは5~15質量%である。熱ラジカル発生剤は1種のみ含まれていてもよいし、2種以上含まれていてもよい。熱ラジカル発生剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When a thermal radical generator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. %, More preferably 5 to 15% by mass. Only one type of thermal radical generator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types of thermal radical generators are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
<酸発生剤>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、酸発生剤を含むことが好ましい。
 酸発生剤としては、熱酸発生剤又は光酸発生剤が好ましく、熱酸発生剤がより好ましい。
<Acid generator>
The negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid generator.
As the acid generator, a thermoacid generator or a photoacid generator is preferable, and a thermoacid generator is more preferable.
〔熱酸発生剤〕
 熱酸発生剤は、加熱により酸を発生し、上述の環状エーテル基含有架橋剤、アルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤、メチロール基含有架橋剤等の架橋剤の架橋反応を促進させる効果がある。
 また、特定シランカップリング剤におけるアルコキシ基(e-1)の脱水縮合も促進される場合がある。
[Thermal acid generator]
The thermal acid generator has the effect of generating an acid by heating and accelerating the cross-linking reaction of the above-mentioned cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agent, alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agent, methylol group-containing cross-linking agent and the like.
In addition, dehydration condensation of the alkoxy group (e-1) in the specific silane coupling agent may be promoted.
 熱酸発生剤の熱分解開始温度は、50℃~270℃が好ましく、50℃~250℃がより好ましい。また、組成物を基板に塗布した後の乾燥(プリベーク:約70~140℃)時には酸を発生せず、その後の露光、現像でパターニングした後の最終加熱(キュア:約100~400℃)時に酸を発生するものを熱酸発生剤として選択すると、現像時の感度低下を抑制できるため好ましい。
 熱分解開始温度は、熱酸発生剤を耐圧カプセル中5℃/分で500℃まで加熱した場合に、最も温度が低い発熱ピークのピーク温度として求められる。
 熱分解開始温度を測定する際に用いられる機器としては、Q2000(TAインスツルメント社製)等が挙げられる。
The thermal decomposition start temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50 ° C. to 270 ° C., more preferably 50 ° C. to 250 ° C. Further, no acid is generated during drying (pre-baking: about 70 to 140 ° C.) after the composition is applied to the substrate, and during final heating (cure: about 100 to 400 ° C.) after patterning by subsequent exposure and development. It is preferable to select an acid-generating agent as the thermal acid generator because it can suppress a decrease in sensitivity during development.
The thermal decomposition start temperature is obtained as the peak temperature of the exothermic peak, which is the lowest temperature when the thermoacid generator is heated to 500 ° C. at 5 ° C./min in a pressure-resistant capsule.
Examples of the device used for measuring the thermal decomposition start temperature include Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments).
 熱酸発生剤から発生する酸は強酸が好ましく、例えば、p-トルエンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸などのアリールスルホン酸、メタンスルホン酸、エタンスルホン酸、ブタンスルホン酸などのアルキルスルホン酸、あるいはトリフルオロメタンスルホン酸などのハロアルキルスルホン酸などが好ましい。このような熱酸発生剤の例としては、特開2013-072935号公報の段落0055に記載のものが挙げられる。 The acid generated from the thermoacid generator is preferably a strong acid, for example, aryl sulfonic acid such as p-toluene sulfonic acid and benzene sulfonic acid, alkyl sulfonic acid such as methane sulfonic acid, ethane sulfonic acid and butane sulfonic acid, or trifluoromethane. Haloalkyl sulfonic acid such as sulfonic acid is preferable. Examples of such a thermoacid generator include those described in paragraph 0055 of JP2013-072935A.
 中でも、有機膜中の残留が少なく有機膜物性を低下させにくいという観点から、炭素数1~4のアルキルスルホン酸や炭素数1~4のハロアルキルスルホン酸を発生するものがより好ましく、メタンスルホン酸(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ジメチルスルホニウム、メタンスルホン酸(4-((メトキシカルボニル)オキシ)フェニル)ジメチルスルホニウム、メタンスルホン酸ベンジル(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチルスルホニウム、メタンスルホン酸ベンジル(4-((メトキシカルボニル)オキシ)フェニル)メチルスルホニウム、メタンスルホン酸(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチル((2-メチルフェニル)メチル)スルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ジメチルスルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸(4-((メトキシカルボニル)オキシ)フェニル)ジメチルスルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸ベンジル(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチルスルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸ベンジル(4-((メトキシカルボニル)オキシ)フェニル)メチルスルホニウム、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチル((2-メチルフェニル)メチル)スルホニウム、3-(5-(((プロピルスルホニル)オキシ)イミノ)チオフェン-2(5H)-イリデン)-2-(o-トリル)プロパンニトリル、2,2-ビス(3-(メタンスルホニルアミノ)-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパンが、熱酸発生剤として好ましい。 Of these, those that generate alkylsulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or haloalkylsulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferable, and methanesulfonic acid is more preferable, from the viewpoint that there is little residue in the organic film and it is difficult to deteriorate the physical properties of the organic film. (4-Hydroxyphenyl) dimethylsulfonium, methanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) dimethylsulfonium, benzyl methanesulfonate (4-hydroxyphenyl) methylsulfonium, benzyl methanesulphonate (4-((methoxycarbonyl)) Carbonyl) oxy) phenyl) methylsulfonium, methanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) methyl ((2-methylphenyl) methyl) sulfonium, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl) dimethylsulfonium, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-) ((Methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) dimethylsulfonium, benzyl (4-hydroxyphenyl) methylsulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, benzyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (4-((methoxycarbonyl) oxy) phenyl) methylsulfonium, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-Hydroxyphenyl) methyl ((2-methylphenyl) methyl) sulfonium, 3-(5-(((propylsulfonyl) oxy) imino) thiophen-2 (5H) -iriden) -2- (o-tolyl) Propanenitrile, 2,2-bis (3- (methanesulfonylamino) -4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane is preferred as the thermoacid generator.
 また、特開2013-167742号公報の段落0059に記載の化合物も熱酸発生剤として好ましい。 Further, the compound described in paragraph 0059 of JP2013-167742A is also preferable as the thermoacid generator.
〔中和塩型の熱酸発生剤〕
 また、ネガ型硬化性組成物のポットライフの観点からは、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、中和塩型の熱酸発生剤を含むことが好ましい。
 本明細書において、ネガ型硬化性組成物のポットライフとは、組成物を硬化膜とせず、組成物の状態で保管した場合の粘度安定性をいう。
 熱酸発生剤として中和塩型の熱酸発生剤を含むことにより、ポットライフに優れたネガ型硬化性組成物が得られる。
 これは、中和塩型の熱酸発生剤を用いた場合には、例えば保管時において一旦酸が発生したとしても、再度中和塩が形成され、保管時における架橋剤の架橋の進行が抑制されるためであると推測される。
[Neutralized salt type thermoacid generator]
From the viewpoint of the pot life of the negative curable composition, the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a neutralized salt-type thermoacid generator.
As used herein, the pot life of a negative curable composition refers to viscosity stability when the composition is stored in the state of the composition without forming a cured film.
By including a neutralized salt type thermoacid generator as the thermoacid generator, a negative type curable composition having excellent pot life can be obtained.
This is because when a neutralized salt type thermoacid generator is used, for example, even if an acid is generated once during storage, a neutralized salt is formed again and the progress of cross-linking of the cross-linking agent during storage is suppressed. It is presumed that this is because it is done.
 中和塩型の熱酸発生剤としては、中和塩構造を有する熱酸発生剤であればよく、有機塩構造を有する熱酸発生剤であることが好ましい。
 中和塩構造とは、酸由来のアニオン構造と塩基由来のカチオン構造を有する構造をいう。
 中和塩型の熱酸発生剤において、上記アニオン構造は特に限定されないが、例えば、p-トルエンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸などのアリールスルホン酸、メタンスルホン酸、エタンスルホン酸、ブタンスルホン酸などのアルキルスルホン酸、あるいはトリフルオロメタンスルホン酸などのハロアルキルスルホン酸等に由来する構造であることが好ましく、アリールスルホン酸、又は、ハロアルキルスルホン酸に由来する構造であることがより好ましい。
 上記カチオンとしては、有機化合物由来のカチオン、金属由来のカチオン等が挙げられるが、有機化合物由来のカチオンであることが好ましく、アミン化合物又は第四級アンモニウム化合物由来のカチオンであることがより好ましい。
 これらの中でも、上記カチオンとしては、下記式(C-1)又は下記式(C-2)で表されるカチオンであることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
The neutralized salt type thermoacid generator may be any thermoacid generator having a neutralized salt structure, and is preferably a thermoacid generator having an organic salt structure.
The neutralized salt structure refers to a structure having an acid-derived anion structure and a base-derived cation structure.
In the neutralized salt type thermoacid generator, the anion structure is not particularly limited, and for example, aryl sulfonic acid such as p-toluene sulfonic acid, benzene sulfonic acid, dodecyl benzene sulfonic acid, methane sulfonic acid, ethane sulfonic acid, The structure is preferably derived from an alkyl sulfonic acid such as butane sulfonic acid, or a haloalkyl sulfonic acid such as trifluoromethane sulfonic acid, and more preferably a structure derived from aryl sulfonic acid or haloalkyl sulfonic acid.
Examples of the cation include a cation derived from an organic compound, a cation derived from a metal, and the like, and a cation derived from an organic compound is preferable, and a cation derived from an amine compound or a quaternary ammonium compound is more preferable.
Among these, the cation is preferably a cation represented by the following formula (C-1) or the following formula (C-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(C-1)中、RC11~RC13はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の置換基を表す。
 式(C-2)中、RC21~RC24はそれぞれ独立に、1価の置換基を表す。
In formula (C-1), RC11 to RC13 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
In formula (C-2), RC21 to RC24 each independently represent a monovalent substituent.
 式(C-1)中、RC11~RC13はそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表すことが好ましく、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基を表すことがより好ましい。
 式(C-2)中、RC21~RC24はそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表すことが好ましく、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基を表すことがより好ましい。また、RC21~RC24のうち少なくとも1つは、芳香族炭化水素基を表すことが好ましい。
In the formula (C-1), RC11 to RC13 each independently preferably represent a hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
In the formula (C-2), RC21 to RC24 each independently preferably represent a hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Further, at least one of RC21 to RC24 preferably represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
 中和塩型の熱酸発生剤としては、市販品を使用してもよく、市販品としては、K-PURE(登録商標)シリーズが挙げられ、これらの中でも、K-PURE(登録商標)TAG-2179、TAG-2172、TAG-2713、TAG-2678、TAG-2679等が挙げられる。 As the neutralized salt type thermal acid generator, a commercially available product may be used, and examples of the commercially available product include the K-PURE (registered trademark) series. Among these, the K-PURE (registered trademark) TAG -2179, TAG-2172, TAG-2713, TAG-2678, TAG-2679 and the like.
 熱酸発生剤を含む場合、その含有量は、ネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量%であることがより好ましく、2~15質量%であることが更に好ましい。熱酸発生剤は1種のみ含まれていてもよいし、2種以上含まれていてもよい。熱酸発生剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When a thermoacid generator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition. It is preferably 2 to 15% by mass, more preferably 2 to 15% by mass. Only one type of thermoacid generator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more types of thermoacid generators are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
〔光酸発生剤〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、光酸発生剤を含んでもよい。
 光酸発生剤としては、露光により酸を発生するものであれば特に限定されるものではないが、キノンジアジド化合物、ジアゾニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩などのオニウム塩化合物、イミドスルホネート、オキシムスルホネート、ジアゾジスルホン、ジスルホン、o-ニトロベンジルスルホネート等のスルホネート化合物などを挙げることができる。
[Photoacid generator]
The negative curable composition of the present invention may contain a photoacid generator.
The photoacid generator is not particularly limited as long as it generates an acid by exposure, but is an onium salt compound such as a quinonediazide compound, a diazonium salt, a phosphonium salt, a sulfonium salt, or an iodonium salt, an imide sulfonate, and an oxime. Examples thereof include sulfonate compounds such as sulfonate, diazodisulfone, disulfone, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate.
 キノンジアジド化合物としては、例えば、国際公開第2017/217292号の段落0061~0063に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the quinone diazide compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0061 to 0063 of International Publication No. 2017/217292.
 オニウム塩化合物、又は、スルホネート化合物としては、例えば、特開2008-013646号公報の段落0064~0122に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。
 その他、光酸発生剤としては市販品を使用してもよい。市販品としては、WPAG-145、WPAG-149、WPAG-170、WPAG-199、WPAG-336、WPAG-367、WPAG-370、WPAG-469、WPAG-638、WPAG-699(いずれも富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the onium salt compound or the sulfonate compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0122 of JP-A-2008-013646.
In addition, a commercially available product may be used as the photoacid generator. Commercially available products include WPAG-145, WPAG-149, WPAG-170, WPAG-199, WPAG-336, WPAG-376, WPAG-370, WPAG-469, WPAG-638, and WPAG-699. (Manufactured by Kojunyaku Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 光酸発生剤を含む場合、その含有量は、ネガ型硬化性の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量%であることがより好ましく、2~15質量%であることが更に好ましい。光酸発生剤は1種のみ含まれていてもよいし、2種以上含まれていてもよい。光酸発生剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the photoacid generator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative type curable. It is more preferably 2 to 15% by mass. Only one type of photoacid generator may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more photoacid generators are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
<溶剤>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。溶剤は、公知の溶剤を任意に使用できる。溶剤は有機溶剤が好ましい。有機溶剤としては、エステル類、エーテル類、ケトン類、芳香族炭化水素類、スルホキシド類、アミド類などの化合物が挙げられる。
<Solvent>
The negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. As the solvent, a known solvent can be arbitrarily used. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides, and amides.
 エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例えば、アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル及び2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 Examples of esters include ethyl acetate, -n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone. , Δ-Valerolactone, alkylalkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.) )), 3-alkyloxypropionate alkyl esters (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-) Methyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkyloxypropionate alkyl esters (eg, methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, propyl 2-alkyloxypropionate) Etc. (eg, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate, etc. Methyl acid and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, pyruvin Suitable examples include propyl acid acid, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutate, ethyl 2-oxobutate and the like.
 エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 Examples of ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol. Suitable examples include monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate.
 ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 As the ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone and the like are preferable.
 芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、リモネン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 As the aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene and the like are preferable.
 スルホキシド類として、例えば、ジメチルスルホキシドが好適なものとして挙げられる。 As sulfoxides, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide is preferable.
 アミド類として、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等が好適なものとして挙げられる。 As the amides, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide and the like are preferable.
 溶剤は、塗布面性状の改良などの観点から、2種以上を混合する形態も好ましい。 The solvent is preferably a mixture of two or more types from the viewpoint of improving the properties of the coated surface.
 本発明では、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、及びプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される1種の溶剤、又は、2種以上で構成される混合溶剤が好ましい。ジメチルスルホキシドとγ-ブチロラクトンとの併用が特に好ましい。 In the present invention, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ- Consists of one solvent selected from butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, or two or more. The mixed solvent to be mixed is preferable. The combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone is particularly preferred.
 溶剤の含有量は、塗布性の観点から、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分濃度が5~80質量%になる量とすることが好ましく、5~75質量%となる量にすることがより好ましく、10~70質量%となる量にすることが更に好ましく、40~70質量%となるようにすることが一層好ましい。溶剤含有量は、塗膜の所望の厚さと塗布方法に応じて調節すればよい。 From the viewpoint of coatability, the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the negative curable composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, and is preferably 5 to 75% by mass. It is more preferable that the amount is 10 to 70% by mass, and more preferably 40 to 70% by mass. The solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness of the coating film and the coating method.
 溶剤は1種のみ含まれていてもよいし、2種以上含まれていてもよい。溶剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 Only one type of solvent may be contained, or two or more types may be contained. When two or more kinds of solvents are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
<スルホンアミド構造及びチオウレア構造よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一種の構造を有する化合物>
 得られる硬化膜の基材への密着性を向上する観点からは、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、スルホンアミド構造及びチオウレア構造よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一種の構造を有する化合物を更に含むことが好ましい。
<Compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a sulfonamide structure and a thiourea structure>
From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion of the obtained cured film to the substrate, the negative curable composition of the present invention comprises a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a sulfonamide structure and a thiourea structure. Further, it is preferable to include it.
〔スルホンアミド構造を有する化合物〕
 スルホンアミド構造とは、下記式(S-1)で表される構造である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(S-1)中、Rは水素原子又は有機基を表し、Rは他の構造と結合して環構造を形成してもよく、*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。
 上記Rは、下記式(S-2)におけるRと同様の基であることが好ましい。
 スルホンアミド構造を有する化合物は、スルホンアミド構造を2以上有する化合物であってもよいが、スルホンアミド構造を1つ有する化合物であることが好ましい。
[Compound having a sulfonamide structure]
The sulfonamide structure is a structure represented by the following formula (S-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
In the formula (S-1), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, R may be bonded to another structure to form a ring structure, and * may independently form a binding site with another structure. Represent.
The R is preferably the same group as R 2 in the following formula (S-2).
The compound having a sulfonamide structure may be a compound having two or more sulfonamide structures, but a compound having one sulfonamide structure is preferable.
 スルホンアミド構造を有する化合物は、下記式(S-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(S-2)中、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R、R及びRのうち2つ以上が互いに結合して環構造を形成していてもよい。
 R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、1価の有機基であることが好ましい。
 R、R及びRの例としては、水素原子、又は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルエーテル基、アルキルシリル基、アルコキシシリル基、アリール基、アリールエーテル基、カルボキシ基、カルボニル基、アリル基、ビニル基、複素環基、若しくはこれらを2以上組み合わせた基などが挙げられる。
 上記アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましい。上記アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、イソプロピル基、2-エチルへキシル基等が挙げられる。
 上記シクロアルキル基としては、炭素数5~10のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数6~10のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。上記シクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 上記アルコキシ基としては、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基がより好ましい。上記アルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基及びペントキシ基等が挙げられる。
 上記アルコキシシリル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルコキシシリル基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコキシシリル基がより好ましい。上記アルコキシシリル基としては、メトキシシリル基、エトキシシリル基、プロポキシシリル基及びブトキシシリル基等が挙げられる。
 上記アリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基がより好ましい。上記アリール基は、アルキル基等の置換基を有していてもよい。上記アリール基としては、フェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基及びナフチル基等が挙げられる。
 上記複素環基としては、トリアゾール環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、イソチアゾール環、テトラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジジン環、ピラジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペリジン、ピペラジン環、モルホリン環、ジヒドロピラン環、テトラヒドロピラン基、トリアジン環等の複素環構造から水素原子を1つ除いた基などが挙げられる。
The compound having a sulfonamide structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (S-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
In formula (S-2), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and two or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are bonded to each other. It may form a ring structure.
It is preferable that R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are independently monovalent organic groups.
Examples of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 include a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, and a carboxy group. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, or a group in which two or more of these are combined.
As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group and the like.
As the cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group and the like.
As the alkoxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentoxy group and the like.
As the alkoxysilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples of the alkoxysilyl group include a methoxysilyl group, an ethoxysilyl group, a propoxysilyl group and a butoxysilyl group.
As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable. The aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group and a naphthyl group.
Examples of the heterocyclic group include a triazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an isooxazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring and a piperidine ring. , Pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine, piperazine ring, morpholin ring, dihydropyran ring, tetrahydropyran group, triazine ring and other heterocyclic structures from which one hydrogen atom has been removed.
 これらの中でも、Rがアリール基であり、かつ、R及びRがそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基である化合物が好ましい。 Among these, compounds in which R 1 is an aryl group and R 2 and R 3 are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups are preferable.
 スルホンアミド構造を有する化合物の例としては、ベンゼンスルホンアミド、ジメチルベンゼンスルホンアミド、N-ブチルベンゼンスルホンアミド、スルファニルアミド、o-トルエンスルホンアミド、p-トルエンスルホンアミド、ヒドロキシナフタレンスルホンアミド、ナフタレン-1-スルホンアミド、ナフタレン-2-スルホンアミド、m-ニトロベンゼンスルホンアミド、p-クロロベンゼンスルホンアミド、メタンスルホンアミド、N,N-ジメチルメタンスルホンアミド、N,N-ジメチルエタンスルホンアミド、N,N-ジエチルメタンスルホンアミド、N-メトキシメタンスルホンアミド、N-ドデシルメタンスルホンアミド、N-シクロヘキシル-1-ブタンスルホンアミド、2-アミノエタンスルホンアミドなどが挙げられる。 Examples of compounds having a sulfonamide structure include benzenesulfonamide, dimethylbenzenesulfonamide, N-butylbenzenesulfonamide, sulfanylamide, o-toluenesulfonamide, p-toluenesulfonamide, hydroxynaphthalenesulfonamide, naphthalene-1. -Sulfonamide, Naphthalene-2-sulfonamide, m-nitrobenzenesulfonamide, p-chlorobenzenesulfonamide, methanesulfonamide, N, N-dimethylmethanesulfonamide, N, N-dimethylethanesulfonamide, N, N-diethyl Examples thereof include methanesulfonamide, N-methoxymethanesulfonamide, N-dodecylmethanesulfonamide, N-cyclohexyl-1-butanesulfonamide, 2-aminoethanesulfonamide and the like.
〔チオウレア構造を有する化合物〕
 チオウレア構造とは、下記式(T-1)で表される構造である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(T-1)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R及びRは結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Rは*が結合する他の構造と結合して環構造を形成してもよく、Rは*が結合する他の構造と結合して環構造を形成してもよく、*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。
[Compound with thiourea structure]
The thiourea structure is a structure represented by the following formula (T-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
In formula (T-1), R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 4 and R 5 may be combined to form a ring structure, where R 4 is. The ring structure may be formed by combining with other structures to which * is bonded, R 5 may be combined with other structures to which * is bonded to form a ring structure, and * may be independently and others. Represents the site of connection with the structure of.
 R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 R及びRの例としては、水素原子、又は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルエーテル基、アルキルシリル基、アルコキシシリル基、アリール基、アリールエーテル基、カルボキシ基、カルボニル基、アリル基、ビニル基、複素環基、若しくは、これらを2以上組み合わせた基などが挙げられる。
 上記アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましい。上記アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、イソプロピル基、2-エチルへキシル基等が挙げられる。
 上記シクロアルキル基としては、炭素数5~10のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数6~10のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。上記シクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 上記アルコキシ基としては、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基がより好ましい。上記アルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基及びペントキシ基等が挙げられる。
 上記アルコキシシリル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルコキシシリル基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコキシシリル基がより好ましい。上記アルコキシシリル基としては、メトキシシリル基、エトキシシリル基、プロポキシシリル基及びブトキシシリル基等が挙げられる。
 上記アリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基がより好ましい。上記アリール基は、アルキル基等の置換基を有していてもよい。上記アリール基としては、フェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基及びナフチル基等が挙げられる。
 上記複素環基としては、トリアゾール環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、イソチアゾール環、テトラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジジン環、ピラジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペリジン、ピペラジン環、モルホリン環、ジヒドロピラン環、テトラヒドロピラン基、トリアジン環等の複素環構造から水素原子を1つ除いた基などが挙げられる。
 チオウレア構造を有する化合物は、チオウレア構造を2以上有する化合物であってもよいが、チオウレア構造を1つ有する化合物であることが好ましい。
It is preferable that R 4 and R 5 are independently hydrogen atoms.
Examples of R 4 and R 5 include a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxy group, and a carbonyl group. Examples thereof include an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, or a group in which two or more of these are combined.
As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group and the like.
As the cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group and the like.
As the alkoxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentoxy group and the like.
As the alkoxysilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. Examples of the alkoxysilyl group include a methoxysilyl group, an ethoxysilyl group, a propoxysilyl group and a butoxysilyl group.
As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable. The aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group and a naphthyl group.
Examples of the heterocyclic group include a triazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an isooxazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring and a piperidine ring. , Pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine, piperazine ring, morpholin ring, dihydropyran ring, tetrahydropyran group, triazine ring and other heterocyclic structures from which one hydrogen atom has been removed.
The compound having a thiourea structure may be a compound having two or more thiourea structures, but a compound having one thiourea structure is preferable.
 チオウレア構造を有する化合物は、下記式(T-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式(T-2)中、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、R~Rのうち少なくとも2つは互いに結合して環構造を形成していてもよい。
The compound having a thiourea structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (T-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
In formula (T-2), R 4 to R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least two of R 4 to R 7 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure. You may.
 式(T-2)中、R及びRは式(T-1)中のR及びRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(T-2)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、1価の有機基であることが好ましい。
 式(T-2)中、R及びRにおける1価の有機基の好ましい態様は、式(T-1)中のR及びRにおける1価の有機基の好ましい態様と同様である。
Wherein (T-2), R 4 and R 5 have the same meanings as R 4 and R 5 in formula (T-1), a preferable embodiment thereof is also the same.
In the formula (T-2), it is preferable that R 6 and R 7 are independently monovalent organic groups.
In the formula (T-2), the preferred embodiment of the monovalent organic group in R 6 and R 7 is the same as the preferred embodiment of the monovalent organic group in R 4 and R 5 in the formula (T-1). ..
 チオウレア構造を有する化合物の例としては、N-アセチルチオウレア、N-アリルチオウレア、N-アリル-N’-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)チオウレア、1-アダマンチルチオウレア、N-ベンゾイルチオウレア、N,N’-ジフェニルチオウレア、1-ベンジル-フェニルチオウレア、1,3-ジブチルチオウレア、1,3-ジイソプロピルチオウレア、1,3-ジシクロヘキシルチオウレア、1-(3-(トリメトキシシリル)プロピル)-3-メチルチオウレア、トリメチルチオウレア、テトラメチルチオウレア、N,N-ジフェニルチオウレア、エチレンチオウレア(2-イミダゾリンチオン)、カルビマゾール、1,3-ジメチル-2-チオヒダントインなどが挙げられる。 Examples of compounds having a thiourea structure include N-acetylthiourea, N-allyl thiourea, N-allyl-N'-(2-hydroxyethyl) thiourea, 1-adamantyl thiourea, N-benzoyl thiourea, N, N'-. Diphenylthiourea, 1-benzyl-phenylthiourea, 1,3-dibutylthiourea, 1,3-diisopropylthiourea, 1,3-dicyclohexylthiourea, 1- (3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl) -3-methylthiourea, trimethyl Examples thereof include thiourea, tetramethylthiourea, N, N-diphenylthiourea, ethylenethiourea (2-imidazolinthione), carbimazole, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-thiohydranthin.
〔含有量〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全質量に対する、スルホンアミド構造及びチオウレア構造よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一種の構造を有する化合物の含有量は、0.05~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~5質量%であることがより好ましく、0.2~3質量%であることが更に好ましい。
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、スルホンアミド構造及びチオウレア構造よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一種の構造を有する化合物を、1種のみ含んでもよいし、2種以上を含んでもよい。1種のみ含む場合にはその化合物の含有量が、2種以上を含む場合にはその合計量が、上記の範囲となることが好ましい。
〔Content〕
The content of the compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the sulfonamide structure and the thiourea structure is 0.05 to 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 3% by mass.
The negative curable composition of the present invention may contain only one compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a sulfonamide structure and a thiourea structure, or may contain two or more compounds. When only one type is contained, the content of the compound is preferably within the above range, and when two or more types are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<マイグレーション抑制剤>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、マイグレーション抑制剤を更に含むことが好ましい。マイグレーション抑制剤を含むことにより、金属層(金属配線)由来の金属イオンがネガ型硬化性組成物層内へ移動することを効果的に抑制可能となる。
<Migration inhibitor>
The negative curable composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor. By including the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively suppress the movement of metal ions derived from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the negative curable composition layer.
 マイグレーション抑制剤としては、特に制限はないが、複素環(ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、イソチアゾール環、テトラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環、モルホリン環、2H-ピラン環及び6H-ピラン環、トリアジン環)を有する化合物、チオ尿素類及びスルファニル基を有する化合物、ヒンダードフェノール系化合物、サリチル酸誘導体系化合物、ヒドラジド誘導体系化合物が挙げられる。特に、1,2,4-トリアゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール等のトリアゾール系化合物、1H-テトラゾール、5-フェニルテトラゾール等のテトラゾール系化合物が好ましく使用できる。 The migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, but heterocycles (pyrazole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, etc. Pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperazine ring, piperazine ring, morpholin ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), thiourea and sulfanyl group compounds, hindered phenolic compounds , Pyrazole acid derivative compound, hydrazide derivative compound and the like. In particular, triazole-based compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole and benzotriazole, and tetrazole-based compounds such as 1H-tetrazole and 5-phenyltetrazole can be preferably used.
 又はハロゲンイオンなどの陰イオンを捕捉するイオントラップ剤を使用することもできる。 Alternatively, an ion trap agent that traps anions such as halogen ions can also be used.
 その他のマイグレーション抑制剤としては、特開2013-015701号公報の段落0094に記載の防錆剤、特開2009-283711号公報の段落0073~0076に記載の化合物、特開2011-059656号公報の段落0052に記載の化合物、特開2012-194520号公報の段落0114、0116及び0118に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0166に記載の化合物などを使用することができる。 Examples of other migration inhibitors include rust preventives described in paragraph 0094 of JP2013-015701, compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP2009-283711, and JP2011-059656. The compounds described in paragraph 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of JP2012-194520A, the compounds described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, and the like can be used.
 マイグレーション抑制剤の具体例としては、下記化合物を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the migration inhibitor include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 ネガ型硬化性組成物がマイグレーション抑制剤を有する場合、マイグレーション抑制剤の含有量は、ネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~2.0質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%であることが更に好ましい。 When the negative curable composition has a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition. , 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
 マイグレーション抑制剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。マイグレーション抑制剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The migration inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of migration inhibitors, the total is preferably in the above range.
<重合禁止剤>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、重合禁止剤を含むことが好ましい。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The negative curable composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
 重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ヒドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、p-tert-ブチルカテコール、1,4-ベンゾキノン、ジフェニル-p-ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩、フェノチアジン、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、N-フェニルナフチルアミン、エチレンジアミン四酢酸、1,2-シクロヘキサンジアミン四酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミン四酢酸、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール、5-ニトロソ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ニトロソ-2-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-5-(N-エチル-N-スルホプロピルアミノ)フェノール、N-ニトロソ-N-(1-ナフチル)ヒドロキシアミンアンモニウム塩、ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-tert-ブチル)フェニルメタンなどが好適に用いられる。また、特開2015-127817号公報の段落0060に記載の重合禁止剤、及び、国際公開第2015/125469号の段落0031~0046に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butylcatechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'. -Thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine, N-nitrosodiphenylamine , N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediamine tetraacetic acid, glycol etherdiamine tetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1 -Nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5- (N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino) phenol, N-nitroso-N- (1-naphthyl) hydroxyamine ammonium salt, Bis (4-hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl) phenylmethane and the like are preferably used. Further, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of JP-A-2015-127817 and the compound described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used.
 また、下記化合物を用いることができる(Meはメチル基である)。 In addition, the following compounds can be used (Me is a methyl group).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物が重合禁止剤を有する場合、重合禁止剤の含有量は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5質量%であることが好ましく、0.02~3質量%であることがより好ましく、0.05~2.5質量%であることが更に好ましい。 When the negative curable composition of the present invention has a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.02 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 2.5% by mass.
 重合禁止剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。重合禁止剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The polymerization inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of polymerization inhibitors, the total is preferably in the above range.
<その他の添加剤>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、本発明の効果が得られる範囲で、必要に応じて、各種の添加物、例えば、N-フェニルジエタノールアミンなどの増感剤、連鎖移動剤、界面活性剤、高級脂肪酸誘導体、無機粒子、硬化剤、硬化触媒、充填剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、凝集防止剤等を配合することができる。これらの添加剤を配合する場合、その合計配合量はネガ型硬化性組成物の固形分の3質量%以下とすることが好ましい。
<Other additives>
The negative curable composition of the present invention is, if necessary, various additives such as a sensitizer such as N-phenyldiethanolamine, a chain transfer agent, and a surfactant, as long as the effects of the present invention can be obtained. , Higher fatty acid derivatives, inorganic particles, curing agents, curing catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-aggregation agents and the like can be blended. When these additives are blended, the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the negative curable composition.
〔増感剤〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、増感剤を含んでいてもよい。増感剤は、特定の活性放射線を吸収して電子励起状態となる。電子励起状態となった増感剤は、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤などと接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱などの作用が生じる。これにより、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤は化学変化を起こして分解し、ラジカル、酸又は塩基を生成する。
 増感剤としては、N-フェニルジエタノールアミン等の増感剤が挙げられる。
 また、増感剤としては、増感色素を用いてもよい。
 増感色素の詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0161~0163の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
[Sensitizer]
The negative curable composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electron-excited state. The sensitizer in the electron-excited state comes into contact with the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the photoradical polymerization initiator, and the like, and acts such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation occur. As a result, the thermal radical polymerization initiator and the photoradical polymerization initiator undergo a chemical change and decompose to generate radicals, acids or bases.
Examples of the sensitizer include sensitizers such as N-phenyldiethanolamine.
Moreover, you may use a sensitizing dye as a sensitizer.
For details of the sensitizing dye, the description in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of JP-A-2016-0273557 can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in the present specification.
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物が増感剤を含む場合、増感剤の含有量は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~15質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~10質量%であることが更に好ましい。増感剤は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 When the negative curable composition of the present invention contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is 0.01 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. The sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔連鎖移動剤〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、例えば高分子辞典第三版(高分子学会編、2005年)683-684頁に定義されている。連鎖移動剤としては、例えば、分子内にSH、PH、SiH、及びGeHを有する化合物群が用いられる。これらは、低活性のラジカルに水素を供与して、ラジカルを生成するか、若しくは、酸化された後、脱プロトンすることによりラジカルを生成しうる。特に、チオール化合物を好ましく用いることができる。
[Chain transfer agent]
The negative curable composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the Third Edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by the Society of Polymer Science, 2005), pp. 683-684. As the chain transfer agent, for example, a group of compounds having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule is used. They can donate hydrogen to low-activity radicals to generate radicals, or they can be oxidized and then deprotonated to generate radicals. In particular, a thiol compound can be preferably used.
 また、連鎖移動剤は、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0152~0153に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the chain transfer agent, the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物が連鎖移動剤を有する場合、連鎖移動剤の含有量は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、0.01~20質量部が好ましく、1~10質量部がより好ましく、1~5質量部が更に好ましい。連鎖移動剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。連鎖移動剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the negative curable composition of the present invention has a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is 0.01 to 20 mass by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. Parts are preferable, 1 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 1 to 5 parts by mass is further preferable. The chain transfer agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more types of chain transfer agents, the total is preferably in the above range.
〔界面活性剤〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物には、塗布性をより向上させる観点から、各種類の界面活性剤を添加してもよい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種類の界面活性剤を使用できる。また、下記界面活性剤も好ましい。下記式中、主鎖の繰返し単位を示す括弧は各繰返し単位の含有量(モル%)を、側鎖の繰返し単位を示す括弧は各繰返し単位の繰り返し数をそれぞれ表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 また、界面活性剤は、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0159~0165に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
[Surfactant]
Each type of surfactant may be added to the negative curable composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving the coatability. As the surfactant, various types of surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants can be used. The following surfactants are also preferable. In the following formula, the parentheses indicating the repeating unit of the main chain represent the content (mol%) of each repeating unit, and the parentheses indicating the repeating unit of the side chain represent the number of repetitions of each repeating unit.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Further, as the surfactant, the compound described in paragraphs 0159 to 0165 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物が界面活性剤を有する場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~2.0質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.005~1.0質量%である。界面活性剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。界面活性剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the negative curable composition of the present invention has a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is 0.001 to 2.0 mass by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. %, More preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass. The surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more types of surfactant, the total is preferably in the above range.
〔高級脂肪酸誘導体〕
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、酸素に起因する重合阻害を防止するために、ベヘン酸やベヘン酸アミドのような高級脂肪酸誘導体を添加して、塗布後の乾燥の過程でネガ型硬化性組成物の表面に偏在させてもよい。
[Higher fatty acid derivative]
In the negative curable composition of the present invention, in order to prevent polymerization inhibition due to oxygen, a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide is added, and the negative curable composition is cured in the process of drying after application. It may be unevenly distributed on the surface of the sex composition.
 また、高級脂肪酸誘導体は、国際公開第2015/199219号の段落0155に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the higher fatty acid derivative, the compound described in paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物が高級脂肪酸誘導体を有する場合、高級脂肪酸誘導体の含有量は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~10質量%であることが好ましい。高級脂肪酸誘導体は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。高級脂肪酸誘導体が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the negative curable composition of the present invention has a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is 0.1 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the negative curable composition of the present invention. It is preferable to have. The higher fatty acid derivative may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more higher fatty acid derivatives, the total is preferably in the above range.
<その他の含有物質についての制限>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の水分含有量は、塗布面性状の観点から、5質量%未満が好ましく、1質量%未満がより好ましく、0.6質量%未満が更に好ましい。
 水分の含有量を維持する方法としては、保管条件における湿度の調整、保管時の収容容器の空隙率低減などが挙げられる。
<Restrictions on other contained substances>
The water content of the negative curable composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.6% by mass from the viewpoint of coating surface properties.
Examples of the method for maintaining the water content include adjusting the humidity under storage conditions and reducing the porosity of the storage container during storage.
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の金属含有量は、絶縁性の観点から、5質量ppm(parts per million)未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満が更に好ましい。金属としては、ナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、鉄、クロム、ニッケルなどが挙げられる。金属を複数含む場合は、これらの金属の合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The metal content of the negative curable composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, still more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm, from the viewpoint of insulating properties. .. Examples of the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel and the like. When a plurality of metals are contained, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range.
 また、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物に意図せずに含まれる金属不純物を低減する方法としては、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物を構成する原料に対してフィルターろ過を行う、装置内をポリテトラフルオロエチレン等でライニングしてコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法を挙げることができる。 Further, as a method for reducing metal impurities unintentionally contained in the negative curable composition of the present invention, a raw material having a low metal content is selected as the raw material constituting the negative curable composition of the present invention. , Filter filtration is performed on the raw materials constituting the negative curable composition of the present invention, the inside of the apparatus is lined with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and distillation is performed under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible. The method can be mentioned.
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、半導体材料としての用途を考慮すると、ハロゲン原子の含有量が、配線腐食性の観点から、500質量ppm未満が好ましく、300質量ppm未満がより好ましく、200質量ppm未満が更に好ましい。中でも、ハロゲンイオンの状態で存在するものは、5質量ppm未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満が更に好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子及び臭素原子が挙げられる。塩素原子及び臭素原子、又は塩素イオン及び臭素イオンの合計がそれぞれ上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 ハロゲン原子の含有量を調節する方法としては、イオン交換処理などが好ましく挙げられる。
Considering the use as a semiconductor material, the negative curable composition of the present invention preferably has a halogen atom content of less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and 200 mass ppm from the viewpoint of wiring corrosiveness. More preferably less than mass ppm. Among them, those existing in the state of halogen ions are preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. It is preferable that the total amount of chlorine atom and bromine atom, or chlorine ion and bromine ion is in the above range, respectively.
As a method for adjusting the content of halogen atoms, ion exchange treatment and the like are preferably mentioned.
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物の収容容器としては従来公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器としては、原材料やネガ型硬化性組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成された多層ボトルや、6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。 A conventionally known storage container can be used as the storage container for the negative curable composition of the present invention. In addition, as the storage container, a multi-layer bottle composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and 6 types of resin are used for the purpose of suppressing impurities from being mixed into the raw materials and the negative curable composition. It is also preferable to use a bottle having a 7-layer structure. Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351.
<ネガ型硬化性組成物の用途>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられることが好ましい。
 また、その他、半導体デバイスの絶縁膜の形成、又は、ストレスバッファ膜の形成等にも用いることができる。
<Use of negative curable composition>
The negative curable composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
In addition, it can also be used for forming an insulating film of a semiconductor device, forming a stress buffer film, and the like.
<ネガ型硬化性組成物の調製>
 本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物は、上記各成分を混合して調製することができる。混合方法は特に限定はなく、従来公知の方法で行うことができる。
<Preparation of negative curable composition>
The negative curable composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing each of the above components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be used.
 また、ネガ型硬化性組成物中のゴミや微粒子等の異物を除去する目的で、フィルターを用いたろ過を行うことが好ましい。フィルター孔径は、1μm以下が好ましく、0.5μm以下がより好ましく、0.1μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターの材質は、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレン又はナイロンが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルターろ過工程では、複数種のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回ろ過してもよい。複数回ろ過する場合は、循環ろ過であってもよい。また、加圧してろ過を行ってもよい。加圧してろ過を行う場合、加圧する圧力は0.05MPa以上0.3MPa以下が好ましい。
 フィルターを用いたろ過の他、吸着材を用いた不純物の除去処理を行ってもよい。フィルターろ過と吸着材を用いた不純物除去処理とを組み合わせてもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができる。例えば、シリカゲル、ゼオライトなどの無機系吸着材、活性炭などの有機系吸着材が挙げられる。
Further, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances such as dust and fine particles in the negative curable composition. The filter pore diameter is preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.1 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter may be one that has been pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When using a plurality of types of filters, filters having different pore diameters or materials may be used in combination. Moreover, you may filter various materials a plurality of times. When filtering a plurality of times, circulation filtration may be used. Moreover, you may pressurize and perform filtration. When pressurizing and filtering, the pressurizing pressure is preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less.
In addition to filtration using a filter, impurities may be removed using an adsorbent. Filter filtration and impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent may be combined. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used. Examples thereof include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
(硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、及びそれらの製造方法)
 次に、硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、及びそれらの製造方法について説明する。
(Cured film, laminate, semiconductor device, and manufacturing method thereof)
Next, a cured film, a laminate, a semiconductor device, and a method for manufacturing them will be described.
 本発明の硬化膜は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物を硬化してなる。本発明の硬化膜の膜厚は、例えば、0.5μm以上とすることができ、1μm以上とすることができる。また、上限値としては、100μm以下とすることができ、30μm以下とすることもできる。 The cured film of the present invention is obtained by curing the negative curable composition of the present invention. The film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be, for example, 0.5 μm or more, and can be 1 μm or more. Further, the upper limit value can be 100 μm or less, and can be 30 μm or less.
 本発明の硬化膜を2層以上、更には、3~7層積層して積層体としてもよい。本発明の積層体は、硬化膜を2層以上含み、上記硬化膜同士のいずれかの間に金属層を含む態様が好ましい。例えば、第一の硬化膜、金属層、第二の硬化膜の3つの層がこの順に積層された層構造を少なくとも含む積層体が好ましいものとして挙げられる。上記第一の硬化膜及び上記第二の硬化膜は、いずれも本発明の硬化膜であり、例えば、上記第一の硬化膜及び上記第二の硬化膜のいずれもが、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物を硬化してなる膜である態様が好ましいものとして挙げられる。上記第一の硬化膜の形成に用いられる本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物と、上記第二の硬化膜の形成に用いられる本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物とは、組成が同一の組成物であってもよいし、組成が異なる組成物であってもよい。本発明の積層体における金属層は、再配線層などの金属配線として好ましく用いられる。 The cured film of the present invention may be laminated in two or more layers, and further in three to seven layers to form a laminated body. It is preferable that the laminate of the present invention contains two or more cured films and includes a metal layer between any of the cured films. For example, a laminate containing at least a layer structure in which three layers of a first cured film, a metal layer, and a second cured film are laminated in this order is preferable. The first cured film and the second cured film are both cured films of the present invention. For example, both the first cured film and the second cured film are the negative type of the present invention. A preferred embodiment is a film obtained by curing the curable composition. The negative curable composition of the present invention used for forming the first cured film and the negative curable composition of the present invention used for forming the second cured film have the same composition. It may be a product or a composition having a different composition. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention is preferably used as metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
 本発明の硬化膜の適用可能な分野としては、半導体デバイスの絶縁膜、再配線層用層間絶縁膜、ストレスバッファ膜などが挙げられる。そのほか、封止フィルム、基板材料(フレキシブルプリント基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイ、層間絶縁膜)、又は上記のような実装用途の絶縁膜をエッチングでパターン形成することなどが挙げられる。これらの用途については、例えば、サイエンス&テクノロジー(株)「ポリイミドの高機能化と応用技術」2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMCテクニカルライブラリー「ポリイミド材料の基礎と開発」2011年11月発行、日本ポリイミド・芳香族系高分子研究会/編「最新ポリイミド 基礎と応用」エヌ・ティー・エス,2010年8月等を参照することができる。 Examples of applicable fields of the cured film of the present invention include an insulating film for a semiconductor device, an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer, a stress buffer film, and the like. Other examples include forming a pattern by etching on a sealing film, a substrate material (base film or coverlay of a flexible printed circuit board, an interlayer insulating film), or an insulating film for mounting purposes as described above. For these applications, for example, Science & Technology Co., Ltd. "High-performance and applied technology of polyimide" April 2008, Masaaki Kakimoto / supervision, CMC technical library "Basics and development of polyimide materials" November 2011 You can refer to "Latest Polyimide Basics and Applications", NTS, August 2010, etc., published by Japan Polyimide / Aromatic Polymer Research Association / ed.
 また、本発明における硬化膜は、オフセット版面又はスクリーン版面などの版面の製造、成形部品のエッチングへの使用、エレクトロニクス、特に、マイクロエレクトロニクスにおける保護ラッカー及び誘電層の製造などにも用いることもできる。 The cured film in the present invention can also be used for manufacturing plate surfaces such as offset plate surfaces or screen plate surfaces, for etching molded parts, and for manufacturing protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, especially in microelectronics.
 本発明の硬化膜の製造方法(以下、単に「本発明の製造方法」ともいう。)は、本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物を基材に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、上記膜形成工程、並びに、上記膜を露光する露光工程及び露光された上記膜を現像する現像工程を含むことが好ましい。
 また、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、上記膜を加熱する加熱工程を含むことがより好ましい。
 具体的には、以下の(a)~(d)の工程を含むことも好ましい。
(a)ネガ型硬化性組成物を基材に適用して膜(ネガ型硬化性組成物層)を形成する膜形成工程
(b)膜形成工程の後、膜を露光する露光工程
(c)露光された上記膜を現像する現像工程
(d)現像された上記膜を加熱する加熱工程
 上記加熱工程において加熱することにより、露光で硬化した樹脂層を更に硬化させることができる。この加熱工程で、例えば上述の熱酸発生剤が分解し、発生した酸により熱架橋剤の架橋が促進されることにより、十分な硬化性が得られる。
The method for producing a cured film of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “the method for producing the present invention”) includes a film forming step of applying the negative curable composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a film. Is preferable.
The method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes the film forming step, an exposure step of exposing the film, and a developing step of developing the exposed film.
Further, the method for producing a cured film of the present invention more preferably includes a heating step of heating the film.
Specifically, it is also preferable to include the following steps (a) to (d).
(A) Film forming step of applying a negative curable composition to a substrate to form a film (negative curable composition layer) (b) Exposure step of exposing the film after the film forming step (b) Development step of developing the exposed film (d) Heating step of heating the developed film By heating in the heating step, the resin layer cured by exposure can be further cured. In this heating step, for example, the above-mentioned thermal acid generator is decomposed, and the generated acid promotes the cross-linking of the thermal cross-linking agent, so that sufficient curability can be obtained.
 本発明の好ましい実施形態に係る積層体の製造方法は、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法を含む。本実施形態の積層体の製造方法は、上記の硬化膜の製造方法に従って、硬化膜を形成後、更に、再度、(a)の工程、又は(a)~(c)の工程、又は(a)~(d)の工程を行う。特に、上記各工程を順に、複数回、例えば、2~5回(すなわち、合計で3~6回)行うことが好ましい。このように硬化膜を積層することにより、積層体とすることができる。本発明では特に硬化膜を設けた部分の上又は硬化膜の間、又はその両者に金属層を設けることが好ましい。なお、積層体の製造においては、(a)~(d)の工程をすべて繰り返す必要はなく、上記のとおり、少なくとも(a)、好ましくは(a)~(c)又は(a)~(d)の工程を複数回行うことで硬化膜の積層体を得ることができる。 The method for producing a laminate according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes the method for producing a cured film of the present invention. The method for producing the laminated body of the present embodiment is the step (a), the steps (a) to (c), or (a) after forming the cured film according to the above-mentioned method for producing the cured film. )-(D). In particular, it is preferable to carry out each of the above steps a plurality of times, for example, 2 to 5 times (that is, 3 to 6 times in total) in order. By laminating the cured film in this way, a laminated body can be obtained. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to provide a metal layer on the portion provided with the cured film, between the cured films, or both. In the production of the laminate, it is not necessary to repeat all the steps (a) to (d), and as described above, at least (a), preferably (a) to (c) or (a) to (d). ) Can be performed a plurality of times to obtain a laminated body of the cured film.
<膜形成工程(層形成工程)>
 本発明の好ましい実施形態に係る製造方法は、ネガ型硬化性組成物を基材に適用して膜(層状)にする、膜形成工程(層形成工程)を含む。
<Film formation process (layer formation process)>
The production method according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes a film forming step (layer forming step) in which a negative curable composition is applied to a substrate to form a film (layered).
 基材の種類は、用途に応じて適宜定めることができるが、シリコン、窒化シリコン、ポリシリコン、酸化シリコン、アモルファスシリコンなどの半導体作製基材、石英、ガラス、光学フィルム、セラミック材料、蒸着膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Feなどの金属基材、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass)、TFT(薄膜トランジスタ)アレイ基材、プラズマディスプレイパネル(PDP)の電極板など特に制約されない。
本発明では、特に、半導体作製基材が好ましく、シリコン基材がより好ましい。
また、これらの基材には表面に密着層や酸化層などの層が設けられていてもよい。
また、基材の形状は特に限定されず、円形状であっても矩形状であってもよい。
基材のサイズとしては、円形状であれば、例えば直径が100~450mmであり、好ましくは200~450mmである。矩形状であれば、例えば短辺の長さが100~1000mmであり、好ましくは200~700mmである。
 また、基材としては、例えば板状の基材(基板)が用いられる。
The type of base material can be appropriately determined depending on the application, but semiconductor-made base materials such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical film, ceramic material, and thin-film deposition film, There are no particular restrictions on magnetic film, reflective film, metal substrate such as Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe, paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (thin film transistor) array substrate, plasma display panel (PDP) electrode plate, and the like.
In the present invention, a semiconductor-made base material is particularly preferable, and a silicon base material is more preferable.
Further, these base materials may be provided with a layer such as an adhesion layer or an oxide layer on the surface thereof.
Further, the shape of the base material is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular.
The size of the base material is, for example, 100 to 450 mm in diameter, preferably 200 to 450 mm in a circular shape. If it is rectangular, for example, the length of the short side is 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm.
Further, as the base material, for example, a plate-shaped base material (board) is used.
 また、樹脂層の表面や金属層の表面にネガ型硬化性組成物層を形成する場合は、樹脂層や金属層が基材となる。 Further, when a negative curable composition layer is formed on the surface of the resin layer or the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer serves as a base material.
 ネガ型硬化性組成物を基材に適用する手段としては、塗布が好ましい。 Coating is preferable as a means for applying the negative curable composition to the substrate.
 具体的には、適用する手段としては、ディップコート法、エアーナイフコート法、カーテンコート法、ワイヤーバーコート法、グラビアコート法、エクストルージョンコート法、スプレーコート法、スピンコート法、スリットコート法、及びインクジェット法などが例示される。ネガ型硬化性組成物層の厚さの均一性の観点から、より好ましくはスピンコート法、スリットコート法、スプレーコート法、インクジェット法である。方法に応じて適切な固形分濃度や塗布条件を調整することで、所望の厚さの樹脂層を得ることができる。また、基材の形状によっても塗布方法を適宜選択でき、ウェハ等の円形基材であればスピンコート法やスプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましく、矩形基材であればスリットコート法やスプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましい。スピンコート法の場合は、例えば、500~2,000rpmの回転数で、10秒~1分程度適用することができる。
 また、あらかじめ仮支持体上に上記付与方法によって付与して形成した塗膜を、基材上に転写する方法を適用することもできる。
 転写方法に関しては特開2006-023696号公報の段落0023、0036~0051や、特開2006-047592号公報の段落0096~0108に記載の作製方法を本発明においても好適に用いることができる。
 また、基材の端部において余分な膜の除去を行なう工程を行なってもよい。このような工程の例には、エッジビードリンス(EBR)、エアナイフなどが挙げられる。
Specifically, the means to be applied include a dip coating method, an air knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a wire bar coating method, a gravure coating method, an extrusion coating method, a spray coating method, a spin coating method, and a slit coating method. And the inkjet method and the like are exemplified. From the viewpoint of the uniformity of the thickness of the negative curable composition layer, a spin coating method, a slit coating method, a spray coating method, and an inkjet method are more preferable. A resin layer having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting an appropriate solid content concentration and coating conditions according to the method. Further, the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the base material. For a circular base material such as a wafer, a spin coating method, a spray coating method, an inkjet method, etc. are preferable, and for a rectangular base material, a slit coating method or a spray coating method is used. The method, the inkjet method and the like are preferable. In the case of the spin coating method, for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 2,000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute.
Further, it is also possible to apply a method of transferring a coating film previously formed on a temporary support by the above-mentioned application method onto a substrate.
Regarding the transfer method, the production method described in paragraphs 0023, 0036 to 0051 of JP-A-2006-023696 and paragraphs 096 to 0108 of JP-A-2006-047592 can be preferably used in the present invention.
Further, a step of removing the excess film at the edge of the base material may be performed. Examples of such a process include edge bead conditioner (EBR), air knife and the like.
<乾燥工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、上記膜(ネガ型硬化性組成物層)を形成後、膜形成工程(層形成工程)の後に、溶剤を除去するために乾燥する工程を含んでいてもよい。
 好ましい乾燥温度は50~150℃で、70℃~130℃がより好ましく、90℃~110℃が更に好ましい。乾燥時間としては、30秒~20分が例示され、1分~10分が好ましく、3分~7分がより好ましい。
<Drying process>
The production method of the present invention may include a step of forming the film (negative curable composition layer), followed by a film forming step (layer forming step), and then drying to remove the solvent.
The preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150 ° C., more preferably 70 ° C. to 130 ° C., still more preferably 90 ° C. to 110 ° C. The drying time is exemplified by 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes, and more preferably 3 minutes to 7 minutes.
<露光工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、上記膜(ネガ型硬化性組成物層)を露光する露光工程を含んでもよい。露光量は、ネガ型硬化性組成物を硬化できる限り特に定めるものではないが、例えば、波長365nmでの露光エネルギー換算で100~10,000mJ/cm照射することが好ましく、200~8,000mJ/cm照射することがより好ましい。
<Exposure process>
The production method of the present invention may include an exposure step of exposing the film (negative curable composition layer). The exposure amount is not particularly determined as long as the negative curable composition can be cured, but for example, it is preferable to irradiate 100 to 10,000 mJ / cm 2 in terms of exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm, and 200 to 8,000 mJ. It is more preferable to irradiate with / cm 2.
 露光波長は、190~1,000nmの範囲で適宜定めることができ、240~550nmが好ましい。 The exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined in the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.
 露光波長は、光源との関係でいうと、(1)半導体レーザー(波長 830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm etc.)、(2)メタルハライドランプ、(3)高圧水銀灯、g線(波長 436nm)、h線(波長 405nm)、i線(波長 365nm)、ブロード(g,h,i線の3波長)、(4)エキシマレーザー、KrFエキシマレーザー(波長 248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(波長 193nm)、F2エキシマレーザー(波長 157nm)、(5)極端紫外線;EUV(波長 13.6nm)、(6)電子線等が挙げられる。本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物については、特に高圧水銀灯による露光が好ましく、中でも、i線による露光が好ましい。これにより、特に高い露光感度が得られうる。 In relation to the light source, the exposure wavelengths are (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high-pressure mercury lamp, g-ray (wavelength 436 nm), h. Line (wavelength 405 nm), i-line (wavelength 365 nm), broad (3 wavelengths of g, h, i-line), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer Examples thereof include a laser (wavelength 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet rays; EUV (wavelength 13.6 nm), and (6) electron beam. For the negative curable composition of the present invention, exposure with a high-pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferable, and exposure with an i-line is particularly preferable. As a result, particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained.
<現像工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、露光された膜(ネガ型硬化性組成物層)に対して、現像を行う(上記膜を現像する)現像工程を含んでもよい。現像を行うことにより、露光されていない部分(非露光部)が除去される。現像方法は、所望のパターンを形成できれば特に制限は無く、例えばノズルからの吐出、スプレー噴霧、基材の現像液浸漬などが挙げられ、ノズルからの吐出が好ましく利用される。現像工程には、現像液が連続的に基材に供給され続ける工程、基材上で略静止状態で保たれる工程、現像液を超音波等で振動させる工程およびそれらを組み合わせた工程などが採用可能である。
<Development process>
The production method of the present invention may include a developing step of developing the exposed film (negative curable composition layer) (developing the film). By developing, the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed. The developing method is not particularly limited as long as a desired pattern can be formed, and examples thereof include ejection from a nozzle, spray spraying, immersion of a developing solution in a base material, and the like, and ejection from a nozzle is preferably used. The developing process includes a process in which the developer is continuously supplied to the substrate, a process in which the developer is kept in a substantially stationary state on the substrate, a process in which the developer is vibrated by ultrasonic waves, and a process in which they are combined. It can be adopted.
 現像は現像液を用いて行う。現像液は、露光されていない部分(非露光部)が除去されるのであれば、特に制限なく使用できる。 Development is performed using a developer. The developer can be used without particular limitation as long as the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed.
 現像液としては、有機溶剤の含有量が現像液の全質量に対して10質量%以下である現像液が好ましく、5質量%以下である現像液がより好ましく、1質量%以下である現像液が更に好ましく、有機溶剤を含まない現像液が特に好ましい。
 また、現像液は、公知の界面活性剤を含んでもよい。
 アルカリ現像における現像液は、pHが10~15である水溶液がより好ましい。
 アルカリ現像における現像液に含まれるアルカリ化合物としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸カリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸カリウム、アンモニア又はアミンなどが挙げられる。アミンとしては、例えば、エチルアミン、n-プロピルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジ-n-プロピルアミン、トリエチルアミン、メチルジエチルアミン、アルカノールアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、四級アンモニウム水酸化物、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム(TMAH)又は水酸化テトラエチルアンモニウム、水酸化テトラブチルアンモニウムなどが挙げられる。なかでも金属を含まないアルカリ化合物が好ましく、アンモニウム化合物がより好ましい。
 アルカリ化合物として、例えばTMAHを用いる場合、TMAHの含有量は、現像液の全質量に対して0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.1~5質量%がより好ましく、0.3~3質量%が更に好ましい。
 アルカリ化合物は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。アルカリ化合物が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
The developer preferably has an organic solvent content of 10% by mass or less based on the total mass of the developer, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and 1% by mass or less. Is more preferable, and a developing solution containing no organic solvent is particularly preferable.
In addition, the developer may contain a known surfactant.
The developing solution in alkaline development is more preferably an aqueous solution having a pH of 10 to 15.
Examples of the alkaline compound contained in the developing solution in alkaline development include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and metasilicate. Examples include potassium silicate, ammonia or amine. Examples of amines include ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, alkanolamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, quaternary ammonium hydroxide, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide. (TMAH), tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide and the like can be mentioned. Of these, an alkaline compound containing no metal is preferable, and an ammonium compound is more preferable.
When, for example, TMAH is used as the alkaline compound, the content of TMAH is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and 0.3 to 3 to the total mass of the developing solution. Mass% is more preferred.
The alkaline compound may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more alkaline compounds, the total is preferably in the above range.
 現像時間としては、10秒~5分が好ましい。現像時の現像液の温度は、特に定めるものではないが、通常、20~40℃で行うことができる。 The development time is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developing solution at the time of development is not particularly specified, but is usually 20 to 40 ° C.
 現像液を用いた処理の後、更に、リンスを行ってもよい。リンスは、現像液とは異なる溶剤で行うことが好ましい。例えば、水を用いてリンスすることができる。リンス時間は、5秒~1分が好ましい。 After the treatment with the developing solution, further rinsing may be performed. The rinsing is preferably performed with a solvent different from that of the developing solution. For example, it can be rinsed with water. The rinsing time is preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.
<加熱工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、現像された上記膜を加熱する工程(加熱工程)を含むことが好ましい。
 加熱工程は、膜形成工程(層形成工程)、乾燥工程、及び現像工程の後に含まれることが好ましい。加熱工程では、例えば、未反応の架橋剤の架橋等を進行させることができる。加熱工程における層の加熱温度(最高加熱温度)としては、50℃以上であることが好ましく、80℃以上であることがより好ましく、140℃以上であることが更に好ましく、150℃以上であることが一層好ましく、160℃以上であることがより一層好ましく、170℃以上であることが更に一層好ましい。上限としては、500℃以下であることが好ましく、450℃以下であることがより好ましく、350℃以下であることが更に好ましく、250℃以下であることが一層好ましく、220℃以下であることがより一層好ましい。
<Heating process>
The production method of the present invention preferably includes a step (heating step) of heating the developed film.
The heating step is preferably included after the film forming step (layer forming step), the drying step, and the developing step. In the heating step, for example, cross-linking of an unreacted cross-linking agent can proceed. The heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the layer in the heating step is preferably 50 ° C. or higher, more preferably 80 ° C. or higher, further preferably 140 ° C. or higher, and 150 ° C. or higher. Is even more preferable, 160 ° C. or higher is even more preferable, and 170 ° C. or higher is even more preferable. The upper limit is preferably 500 ° C. or lower, more preferably 450 ° C. or lower, further preferably 350 ° C. or lower, further preferably 250 ° C. or lower, and preferably 220 ° C. or lower. Even more preferable.
 加熱は、加熱開始時の温度から最高加熱温度まで1~12℃/分の昇温速度で行うことが好ましく、2~10℃/分がより好ましく、3~10℃/分が更に好ましい。昇温速度を1℃/分以上とすることにより、生産性を確保しつつ、酸又は溶剤の過剰な揮発を防止することができ、昇温速度を12℃/分以下とすることにより、硬化膜の残存応力を緩和することができる。 The heating is preferably performed at a heating rate of 1 to 12 ° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./min, and even more preferably 3 to 10 ° C./min. By setting the temperature rise rate to 1 ° C./min or more, it is possible to prevent excessive volatilization of the acid or solvent while ensuring productivity, and by setting the temperature rise rate to 12 ° C./min or less, curing is possible. The residual stress of the film can be relaxed.
 加熱開始時の温度は、20℃~150℃が好ましく、20℃~130℃がより好ましく、25℃~120℃が更に好ましい。加熱開始時の温度は、最高加熱温度まで加熱する工程を開始する際の温度のことをいう。例えば、ネガ型硬化性組成物を基材の上に適用した後、乾燥させる場合、この乾燥後の膜(層)の温度であり、例えば、ネガ型硬化性組成物に含まれる溶剤の沸点よりも、30~200℃低い温度から徐々に昇温させることが好ましい。 The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., more preferably 20 ° C. to 130 ° C., and even more preferably 25 ° C. to 120 ° C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the process of heating to the maximum heating temperature is started. For example, when the negative curable composition is applied onto a substrate and then dried, it is the temperature of the film (layer) after drying, for example, from the boiling point of the solvent contained in the negative curable composition. However, it is preferable to gradually raise the temperature from a temperature as low as 30 to 200 ° C.
 加熱時間(最高加熱温度での加熱時間)は、10~360分であることが好ましく、20~300分であることがより好ましく、30~240分であることが更に好ましい。 The heating time (heating time at the maximum heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and even more preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
 特に多層の積層体を形成する場合、硬化膜の層間の密着性の観点から、加熱温度は180℃~320℃で加熱することが好ましく、180℃~260℃で加熱することがより好ましい。その理由は定かではないが、この温度とすることで、層間の特定樹脂のエチニル基同士が架橋反応を進行しているためと考えられる。 Particularly when forming a multi-layered laminate, the heating temperature is preferably 180 ° C. to 320 ° C., more preferably 180 ° C. to 260 ° C. from the viewpoint of adhesion between layers of the cured film. The reason is not clear, but it is considered that the ethynyl groups of the specific resin between the layers are undergoing a cross-linking reaction at this temperature.
 加熱は段階的に行ってもよい。例として、25℃から180℃まで3℃/分で昇温し、180℃にて60分保持し、180℃から200℃まで2℃/分で昇温し、200℃にて120分保持する、といった前処理工程を行ってもよい。前処理工程としての加熱温度は100~200℃が好ましく、110~190℃であることがより好ましく、120~185℃であることが更に好ましい。この前処理工程においては、米国特許第9159547号明細書に記載のように紫外線を照射しながら処理することも好ましい。このような前処理工程により膜の特性を向上させることが可能である。前処理工程は10秒間~2時間程度の短い時間で行うとよく、15秒~30分間がより好ましい。前処理は2段階以上のステップとしてもよく、例えば100~150℃の範囲で前処理工程1を行い、その後に150~200℃の範囲で前処理工程2を行ってもよい。 Heating may be performed in stages. As an example, the temperature is raised from 25 ° C. to 180 ° C. at 3 ° C./min and held at 180 ° C. for 60 minutes, the temperature is raised from 180 ° C. to 200 ° C. at 2 ° C./min, and held at 200 ° C. for 120 minutes. , Etc. may be performed. The heating temperature as the pretreatment step is preferably 100 to 200 ° C., more preferably 110 to 190 ° C., and even more preferably 120 to 185 ° C. In this pretreatment step, it is also preferable to perform the treatment while irradiating with ultraviolet rays as described in US Pat. No. 9,159,547. It is possible to improve the characteristics of the film by such a pretreatment step. The pretreatment step is preferably performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment may be performed in two or more steps. For example, the pretreatment step 1 may be performed in the range of 100 to 150 ° C., and then the pretreatment step 2 may be performed in the range of 150 to 200 ° C.
 更に、加熱後冷却してもよく、この場合の冷却速度としては、1~5℃/分であることが好ましい。 Further, cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate in this case is preferably 1 to 5 ° C./min.
 加熱工程は、窒素、ヘリウム、アルゴンなどの不活性ガスを流す等により、低酸素濃度の雰囲気で行うことが特定樹脂の分解を防ぐ点で好ましい。酸素濃度は、50ppm(体積比)以下が好ましく、20ppm(体積比)以下がより好ましい。
 加熱工程における加熱手段としては、特に限定されないが、例えばホットプレート、赤外炉、電熱式オーブン、熱風式オーブンなどが挙げられる。
The heating step is preferably performed in an atmosphere having a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon from the viewpoint of preventing decomposition of the specific resin. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
The heating means in the heating step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hot plate, an infrared furnace, an electric heating oven, and a hot air oven.
<金属層形成工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、現像後の膜(ネガ型硬化性組成物層)の表面に金属層を形成する金属層形成工程を含むことが好ましい。
<Metal layer forming process>
The production method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the developed film (negative curable composition layer).
 金属層としては、特に限定なく、既存の金属種を使用することができ、銅、アルミニウム、ニッケル、バナジウム、チタン、クロム、コバルト、金、タングステン及びこれらの金属を含む合金等が例示され、銅及びアルミニウムがより好ましく、銅が更に好ましい。 As the metal layer, existing metal types can be used without particular limitation, and copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, alloys containing these metals and the like are exemplified, and copper is used. And aluminum are more preferred, and copper is even more preferred.
 金属層の形成方法は、特に限定なく、既存の方法を適用することができる。例えば、特開2007-157879号公報、特表2001-521288号公報、特開2004-214501号公報、特開2004-101850号公報に記載された方法を使用することができる。例えば、フォトリソグラフィ、リフトオフ、電解メッキ、無電解メッキ、エッチング、印刷、及びこれらを組み合わせた方法などが考えられる。より具体的には、スパッタリング、フォトリソグラフィ及びエッチングを組み合わせたパターニング方法、フォトリソグラフィと電解メッキを組み合わせたパターニング方法が挙げられる。 The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and an existing method can be applied. For example, the methods described in JP-A-2007-157879, JP-A-2001-521288, JP-A-2004-214501, and JP-A-2004-101850 can be used. For example, photolithography, lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and a method combining these can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electroplating can be mentioned.
 金属層の厚さとしては、最も厚肉の部分で、0.1~50μmが好ましく、1~10μmがより好ましい。 The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.1 to 50 μm, more preferably 1 to 10 μm in the thickest portion.
<積層工程>
 本発明の製造方法は、更に、積層工程を含むことが好ましい。
<Laminating process>
The production method of the present invention preferably further includes a laminating step.
 積層工程とは、硬化膜(樹脂層)又は金属層の表面に、再度、(a)膜形成工程(層形成工程)、(b)露光工程、(c)現像工程、(d)加熱工程を、この順に行うことを含む一連の工程である。ただし、(a)の膜形成工程のみを繰り返す態様であってもよい。
また、(d)加熱工程は積層の最後又は中間に一括して行う態様としてもよい。すなわち、(a)~(c)の工程を所定の回数繰り返し行い、その後に(d)の加熱をすることで、積層されたネガ型硬化性組成物層を一括で硬化する態様としてもよい。また、(c)現像工程の後には(e)金属層形成工程を含んでもよく、このときにも都度(d)の加熱を行っても、所定回数積層させた後に一括して(d)の加熱を行ってもよい。積層工程には、更に、上記乾燥工程や加熱工程等を適宜含んでいてもよいことは言うまでもない。
The laminating step means that (a) a film forming step (layer forming step), (b) an exposure step, (c) a developing step, and (d) a heating step are performed again on the surface of the cured film (resin layer) or the metal layer. , A series of steps including performing in this order. However, the mode may be such that only the film forming step (a) is repeated.
Further, (d) the heating step may be performed collectively at the end or the middle of the lamination. That is, the steps (a) to (c) may be repeated a predetermined number of times, and then the heating of (d) may be performed to cure the laminated negative curable composition layers all at once. Further, the (c) developing step may be followed by the (e) metal layer forming step, and even if the heating is performed each time (d), the steps of (d) are collectively performed after laminating a predetermined number of times. Heating may be performed. Needless to say, the laminating step may further include the above-mentioned drying step, heating step, and the like as appropriate.
 積層工程後、更に積層工程を行う場合には、上記加熱工程後、上記露光工程後、又は、上記金属層形成工程後に、更に、表面活性化処理工程を行ってもよい。表面活性化処理としては、プラズマ処理が例示される。 When the laminating step is further performed after the laminating step, the surface activation treatment step may be further performed after the heating step, the exposure step, or the metal layer forming step. An example of the surface activation treatment is plasma treatment.
 上記積層工程は、2~5回行うことが好ましく、3~5回行うことがより好ましい。
 また、積層工程における各層は、組成、形状、膜厚等が同一の層であってもよいし、異なる層であってもよい。
The laminating step is preferably performed 2 to 5 times, more preferably 3 to 5 times.
Further, each layer in the laminating step may be a layer having the same composition, shape, film thickness, etc., or may be a different layer.
 例えば、樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層のような、樹脂層が3層以上7層以下の構成が好ましく、3層以上5層以下が更に好ましい。 For example, a structure such as a resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer is preferable, and the resin layer is preferably 3 layers or more and 7 layers or less, and more preferably 3 layers or more and 5 layers or less.
 本発明では特に、金属層を設けた後、更に、上記金属層を覆うように、上記ネガ型硬化性組成物の硬化膜(樹脂層)を形成する態様が好ましい。具体的には、(a)膜形成工程、(b)露光工程、(c)現像工程、(e)金属層形成工程、(d)加熱工程の順序で繰り返す態様、又は、(a)膜形成工程、(b)露光工程、(c)現像工程、(e)金属層形成工程の順序で繰り返し、最後又は中間に一括して(d)加熱工程を設ける態様が挙げられる。ネガ型硬化性組成物層(樹脂層)を積層する積層工程と、金属層形成工程を交互に行うことにより、ネガ型硬化性組成物層(樹脂層)と金属層を交互に積層することができる。 In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to form a cured film (resin layer) of the negative curable composition so as to cover the metal layer after the metal layer is provided. Specifically, a mode in which (a) a film forming step, (b) an exposure step, (c) a developing step, (e) a metal layer forming step, and (d) a heating step are repeated in this order, or (a) film forming. Examples thereof include an embodiment in which the steps, (b) exposure steps, (c) development steps, and (e) metal layer forming steps are repeated in this order, and (d) heating steps are collectively provided at the end or in the middle. By alternately performing the laminating step of laminating the negative type curable composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer forming step, the negative type curable composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer can be alternately laminated. it can.
 本発明は、本発明の硬化膜又は積層体を含む半導体デバイスも開示する。本発明のネガ型硬化性組成物を再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いた半導体デバイスの具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0213~0218の記載及び図1の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device containing the cured film or laminate of the present invention. Specific examples of the semiconductor device in which the negative curable composition of the present invention is used to form the interlayer insulating film for the rewiring layer are described in paragraphs 0213 to 0218 and FIG. It can be taken into consideration and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。「部」、「%」は特に述べない限り、質量基準である。 The present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples below. The materials, amounts used, ratios, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "part" and "%" are based on mass.
<合成例1>
〔アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドA-1:オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン及び2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレートを用いた合成〕
 撹拌機、コンデンサー及び内部温度計を取りつけた平底ジョイントを備えた乾燥反応器中で水分を除去しながら、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン 65.56g(179mmol)、及び、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン 2.48g(10mmol)をN-メチルピロリドン(NMP) 300gに溶解させた。続いて、オキシジフタル酸二無水物 62.04g(200mmol)を添加し、40℃の温度で2時間撹拌した。次いで、トルエン 50mL及び3-アミノフェノール 2.18g(10mmol)を添加し、40℃で2時間撹拌した。撹拌後、200ml/minの流量の窒素をフローしながら、温度を180℃に昇温し、6時間撹拌した。
 上記反応液を25℃まで冷却した後、p-メトキシフェノール0.005gを加え、溶解した。この溶液に、2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレート 24.82g(160mmol)を滴下し、25℃で2時間撹拌した後、更に60℃で3時間撹拌した。これを25℃に冷却し、酢酸10gを加えて25℃で1時間撹拌した。撹拌後、2リットルの水/メタノール=75/25(体積比)中で沈殿させ、2,000rpmの速度で30分間撹拌した。析出したポリイミド樹脂を濾過して取得し、1.5リットルの水でかけ洗いした後、濾物を2リットルのメタノールに混合して再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。得られたポリイミドを減圧下で、40℃で1日間乾燥し、A-1を得た。
<Synthesis example 1>
[Alkali-soluble polyimide A-1: oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane and 2 -Synthesis using isocyanatoethyl methacrylate]
65.56 g (179 mmol) of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane while removing water in a drying reactor equipped with a flat bottom joint equipped with a stirrer, condenser and internal thermometer. ) And 2.48 g (10 mmol) of 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane were dissolved in 300 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Subsequently, 62.04 g (200 mmol) of oxydiphthalic dianhydride was added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 40 ° C. for 2 hours. Then, 50 mL of toluene and 2.18 g (10 mmol) of 3-aminophenol were added, and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 2 hours. After stirring, the temperature was raised to 180 ° C. while flowing nitrogen at a flow rate of 200 ml / min, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours.
After cooling the above reaction solution to 25 ° C., 0.005 g of p-methoxyphenol was added and dissolved. To this solution, 24.82 g (160 mmol) of 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 2 hours and then at 60 ° C. for 3 hours. This was cooled to 25 ° C., 10 g of acetic acid was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 1 hour. After stirring, the mixture was precipitated in 2 liters of water / methanol = 75/25 (volume ratio) and stirred at a rate of 2,000 rpm for 30 minutes. The precipitated polyimide resin was obtained by filtration, washed with 1.5 liters of water, mixed with 2 liters of methanol, stirred again for 30 minutes, and filtered again. The obtained polyimide was dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. for 1 day to obtain A-1.
<合成例2>
〔アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドA-2:オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン及び2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレートを用いた合成〕
 A-1の合成において、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパンの代わりに同モル量の2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパンを用いた以外は、A-1の合成と同様の方法により、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドA-2を合成した。
<Synthesis example 2>
[Alkali-soluble polyimide A-2: oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane and 2-isocyanate Synthesis using natoethylmethacrylate]
In the synthesis of A-1, the same molar amount of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane is used instead of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane. Alkali-soluble polyimide A-2 was synthesized by the same method as that of A-1 except for the above.
<合成例3>
〔アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドA-3:オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン及び2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレートを用いた合成〕
 A-1の合成において、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサンを用いず、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパンの使用量を69.22g(189mmol)とした以外は、A-1の合成と同様の方法により、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドA-3を合成した。
<Synthesis example 3>
[Alkali-soluble polyimide A-3: Synthesis using oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane and 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate]
In the synthesis of A-1, the amount of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane used was 69. without using 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane. Alkali-soluble polyimide A-3 was synthesized by the same method as in the synthesis of A-1, except that the amount was 22 g (189 mmol).
<合成例4>
〔アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドA-4:オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、及び、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサンを用いた合成〕
 A-1の合成において、2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレートの添加を行わなかった以外は、A-1の合成と同様の方法により、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドA-4を合成した。
<Synthesis example 4>
[Alkali-soluble polyimide A-4: oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, and 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane. Synthesis using]
In the synthesis of A-1, the alkali-soluble polyimide A-4 was synthesized by the same method as in the synthesis of A-1, except that 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate was not added.
<合成例5>
〔アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドA-5:オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,5-ジメルカプト-p-フェニレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン及び2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレートを用いた合成〕
 A-1の合成において、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパンの代わりに同モル量の2,5-ジメルカプト-p-フェニレンジアミンを用いた以外は、A-1の合成と同様の方法により、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドA-5を合成した。
<Synthesis example 5>
[Alkali-soluble polyimide A-5: oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,5-dimercapto-p-phenylenediamine, 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane and 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate were used. Synthetic]
In the synthesis of A-1, except that the same molar amount of 2,5-dimercapto-p-phenylenediamine was used instead of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, A- Alkali-soluble polyimide A-5 was synthesized by the same method as in the synthesis of 1.
<実施例及び比較例>
 各実施例において、それぞれ、下記表1~表3に記載の成分を混合し、各ネガ型硬化性組成物を得た。また、各比較例において、それぞれ、下記表3に記載の成分を混合し、各比較用組成物を得た。
 具体的には、表1~表3に記載の成分の含有量は、表1~表3の「質量部」に記載の量とした。また、各組成物において、溶剤の含有量は、組成物の固形分濃度が表1~表3に記載の値となるようにした。
 表中、例えば、「E-1/E-4」、「0.5/0.5」の記載は、0.5質量部のE-1と、0.5質量部のE-4とを使用したことを意味している。
 表1~表3中「メタル濃度」の欄の記載は、組成物の全質量に対する金属含有量(質量ppm)を表す。
 得られたネガ型硬化性組成物及び比較用組成物を、細孔の幅が0.8μmのポリテトラフルオロエチレン製フィルターを通して加圧ろ過した。
 また、表1~表3中、「-」の記載は該当する成分を組成物が含有していないことを示している。
<Examples and Comparative Examples>
In each example, the components shown in Tables 1 to 3 below were mixed to obtain each negative curable composition. Further, in each comparative example, the components shown in Table 3 below were mixed to obtain each comparative composition.
Specifically, the content of the components shown in Tables 1 to 3 was the amount shown in "Mass parts" in Tables 1 to 3. Further, in each composition, the solvent content was adjusted so that the solid content concentration of the composition was the value shown in Tables 1 to 3.
In the table, for example, the description of "E-1 / E-4" and "0.5 / 0.5" refers to 0.5 parts by mass of E-1 and 0.5 parts by mass of E-4. It means that it was used.
The description in the column of "metal concentration" in Tables 1 to 3 represents the metal content (mass ppm) with respect to the total mass of the composition.
The obtained negative curable composition and the comparative composition were pressure-filtered through a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene having a pore width of 0.8 μm.
Further, in Tables 1 to 3, the description of "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the corresponding component.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
 表1~表3に記載した各成分の詳細は下記の通りである。 Details of each component listed in Tables 1 to 3 are as follows.
〔アルカリ可溶性ポリイミド〕
・A-1~A-5:上記で合成したA-1~A-5
[Alkali-soluble polyimide]
-A-1 to A-5: A-1 to A-5 synthesized above
〔架橋剤〕
・B-1:ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート
・B-2:ライトエステルBP-6EM(共栄社化学(株)製)
・B-3:ニカラックMX-270((株)三和ケミカル製)
・B-4:ニカラックMW-100LM((株)三和ケミカル製)
・B-5:デナコールEX-421(ナガセケムテックス(株)製)
・B-6:デナコールEX-212(ナガセケムテックス(株)製)
 B-1及びB-2はエチレン性不飽和結合含有架橋剤であり、B-3及びB-4はアルコキシメチル基含有架橋剤であり、B-5及びB-6は環状エーテル基含有架橋剤である。
[Crosslinking agent]
-B-1: Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate-B-2: Light ester BP-6EM (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.)
・ B-3: Nicarac MX-270 (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.)
・ B-4: Nicarac MW-100LM (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.)
・ B-5: Denacol EX-421 (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation)
・ B-6: Denacol EX-212 (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation)
B-1 and B-2 are ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing cross-linking agents, B-3 and B-4 are alkoxymethyl group-containing cross-linking agents, and B-5 and B-6 are cyclic ether group-containing cross-linking agents. Is.
〔ラジカル発生剤〕
・C-1:ADEKA NCI-930((株)ADEKA製)
・C-2:Omnirad 819(IGM Resins社製)
・C-3:Irgacure 784(BASF社製)
[Radical generator]
-C-1: ADEKA NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation)
-C-2: Omnirad 819 (manufactured by IGM Resins)
-C-3: Irgacure 784 (manufactured by BASF)
〔熱酸発生剤〕
・D-1:K-PURE TAG-2179
・D-2:p-トルエンスルホン酸イソプロピル
・D-3:K-PURE TAG-2172
・D-4:K-PURE TAG-2713
・D-5:K-PURE TAG-2678
・D-6:K-PURE TAG-2679
[Thermal acid generator]
・ D-1: K-PURE TAG-2179
-D-2: Isopropyl p-toluenesulfonic acid-D-3: K-PURE TAG-2172
・ D-4: K-PURE TAG-2713
・ D-5: K-PURE TAG-2678
・ D-6: K-PURE TAG-2679
〔シランカップリング剤〕
・E-1:KBM-5103(信越シリコーン(株)製)
・E-2:N-(3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピル)フタルアミド酸
・E-3:KBE-403(信越シリコーン(株)製)
・E-4:IM-1000(JX金属(株)製)
 E-1~E-3は特定シランカップリング剤に該当する化合物である。
 E-4は、基e-2を有しないため、特定シランカップリング剤には該当しない化合物である。
〔Silane coupling agent〕
E-1: KBM-5103 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.)
-E-2: N- (3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl) phthalamic acid-E-3: KBE-403 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.)
・ E-4: IM-1000 (manufactured by JX Nippon Mining & Metals Co., Ltd.)
E-1 to E-3 are compounds corresponding to the specific silane coupling agent.
Since E-4 does not have the group e-2, it is a compound that does not correspond to the specific silane coupling agent.
〔重合禁止剤〕
・F-1:4-メトキシ-1-ナフトール
[Polymerization inhibitor]
・ F-1: 4-Methoxy-1-naphthol
〔添加剤〕
・G-1:1,3-ジブチルチオウレア
・G-2:N-ブチルベンゼンスルホンアミド
〔Additive〕
-G-1: 1,3-dibutylthiourea-G-2: N-butylbenzenesulfonamide
〔溶剤〕
・H-1:γ-ブチロラクトン
・H-2:ε-カプロラクトン
・H-3:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
・H-4:ジメチルスルホキシド
・H-5:乳酸エチル
 表1~表3中、「溶剤中比率」の欄の記載は、溶剤の全質量に対する各溶剤の含有量(質量%)を示している。
〔solvent〕
・ H-1: γ-butyrolactone ・ H-2: ε-caprolactone ・ H-3: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone ・ H-4: dimethyl sulfoxide ・ H-5: ethyl lactate In Tables 1 to 3, " The description in the column of "ratio in solvent" indicates the content (mass%) of each solvent with respect to the total mass of the solvent.
<評価>
〔破断伸び〕
 実施例15以外の各実施例及び比較例において、それぞれ、各ネガ型硬化性組成物又は比較用組成物を、シリコンウェハ上にスピンコート法により層状に適用(塗布)して、硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。実施例15においては、ネガ型硬化性組成物を、シリコンウェハ上にスリットコート法により層状に適用(塗布)して、組成物層を形成した。
 各実施例及び比較例において、得られた組成物層を適用したシリコンウェハをホットプレート上で、80℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウェハ上に表1~表3に記載の厚さの硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。シリコンウェハ上の硬化性樹脂組成物層を、ステッパー(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)を用いて、500mJ/cmの露光エネルギーで全面露光した。露光後、100℃で5分間加熱した。上記加熱後の硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、表1~表3の「キュア温度(℃)」の温度に達した後、この温度を表1~表3の「キュア時間(min)」に記載の時間で維持した。硬化後の樹脂層を4.9質量%フッ化水素酸水溶液に浸漬し、シリコンウェハから樹脂層を剥離し、樹脂膜1を得た。
<Evaluation>
[Breaking elongation]
In each of Examples and Comparative Examples other than Example 15, each negative curable composition or comparative composition is applied (coated) in layers on a silicon wafer by a spin coating method to form a curable resin composition. A layer was formed. In Example 15, the negative curable composition was applied (coated) in layers on a silicon wafer by the slit coating method to form a composition layer.
In each Example and Comparative Example, the silicon wafer to which the obtained composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C. for 5 minutes, and the curability of the thickness shown in Tables 1 to 3 was obtained on the silicon wafer. A resin composition layer was formed. The curable resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was entirely exposed to an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C). After exposure, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes. The curable resin composition layer (resin layer) after heating is heated at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere to the temperature of "cure temperature (° C.)" in Tables 1 to 3. After reaching, this temperature was maintained for the time listed in "Cure Time (min)" in Tables 1-3. The cured resin layer was immersed in a 4.9 mass% hydrofluoric acid aqueous solution, and the resin layer was peeled off from the silicon wafer to obtain a resin film 1.
 樹脂膜1の破断伸び率を、引張り試験機(テンシロン)を用いてクロスヘッドスピード300mm/分、試料幅10mm、試料長50mmとしてフィルムの長手方向について、25℃、65%相対湿度(RH)の環境下にてJIS-K6251:2017に準拠して測定した。破断伸び率は、E(%)=(L-L)/L×100(E:切断時伸び、L:試験前の試験片の長さ、L:試験片が切断した時の試験片の長さ)で算出した。長手方向の破断伸び率を5回測定し、その算術平均値を指標値として用いた。評価は下記評価基準に従い行った。評価結果は表1~表3の「破断伸び評価」の欄に記載した。上記指標値が大きいほど、得られる硬化膜は破断伸びに優れるといえる。
-評価基準-
A:上記指標値が60%を超えた。
B:上記指標値が40%を超えて60%以下であった。
C:上記指標値が40%以下であった。
The elongation at break of the resin film 1 was set to a crosshead speed of 300 mm / min, a sample width of 10 mm, and a sample length of 50 mm using a tensile tester (Tensilon) at 25 ° C. and 65% relative humidity (RH) in the longitudinal direction of the film. The measurement was performed in accordance with JIS-K6251: 2017 in an environment. The elongation at break is E b (%) = (L b − L 0 ) / L 0 × 100 (E b : elongation at cutting, L 0 : length of test piece before test, L b : test piece is cut. It was calculated by the length of the test piece at that time). The elongation at break in the longitudinal direction was measured 5 times, and the arithmetic average value was used as an index value. The evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are described in the column of "evaluation of elongation at break" in Tables 1 to 3. It can be said that the larger the index value is, the more excellent the obtained cured film is in elongation at break.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The above index value exceeded 60%.
B: The index value was more than 40% and 60% or less.
C: The above index value was 40% or less.
〔耐薬品性〕
 実施例15以外の各実施例及び比較例において、調製した各硬化性樹脂組成物又は比較用組成物を、それぞれ、シリコンウェハ上にスピンコート法により適用し、組成物層を形成した。実施例15においては、ネガ型硬化性組成物を、シリコンウェハ上にスリットコート法により層状に適用(塗布)して、組成物層を形成した。
 得られた組成物層を適用したシリコンウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウェハ上に15μmの均一な厚さの組成物層を形成した。シリコンウェハ上の組成物層を、ステッパー(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)を用いて、500mJ/cmの露光エネルギーで露光し、露光した組成物層(樹脂層)を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、表1~表3の「キュア温度(℃)」の温度に達した後、この温度を表1~表3の「キュア時間(min)」に記載の時間の間維持し、硬化膜を得た。
 得られた硬化膜について下記の薬液に下記の条件で浸漬し、溶解速度を算定した。
薬液:ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)と25質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液の90:10(質量比)の混合物評価条件:薬液中で硬化膜を75℃で15分間浸漬して前後の膜厚を比較し、溶解速度(nm/分)を算出した。
 評価は下記評価基準に従って行い、評価結果は表1~表3の「耐薬品性評価」の欄に記載した。
〔chemical resistance〕
In each of Examples and Comparative Examples other than Example 15, each of the prepared curable resin compositions or comparative compositions was applied onto a silicon wafer by a spin coating method to form a composition layer. In Example 15, the negative curable composition was applied (coated) in layers on a silicon wafer by the slit coating method to form a composition layer.
The silicon wafer to which the obtained composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to form a composition layer having a uniform thickness of 15 μm on the silicon wafer. The composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed to an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C), and the exposed composition layer (resin layer) was exposed at 10 ° C./ After the temperature is raised at a heating rate of 1 minute and reaches the temperature of "cure temperature (° C.)" in Tables 1 to 3, this temperature is set to the time shown in "cure time (min)" in Tables 1 to 3. It was maintained for a while to obtain a cured film.
The obtained cured film was immersed in the following chemical solution under the following conditions, and the dissolution rate was calculated.
Chemical solution: Mixture of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and 25 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution at 90:10 (mass ratio) Evaluation conditions: Immerse the cured membrane in the chemical solution at 75 ° C. for 15 minutes before and after. The film thickness was compared and the dissolution rate (nm / min) was calculated.
The evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria, and the evaluation results are described in the "Chemical resistance evaluation" column of Tables 1 to 3.
-評価基準-
A 溶解速度が200nm/分未満であった。
B 溶解速度が200nm/分以上300nm/分未満であった。
C 溶解速度が300nm/分以上であった。
-Evaluation criteria-
A The dissolution rate was less than 200 nm / min.
B The dissolution rate was 200 nm / min or more and less than 300 nm / min.
C The dissolution rate was 300 nm / min or more.
〔密着性〕
 実施例15以外の各実施例及び比較例において、それぞれ、各ネガ型硬化性組成物又は比較用組成物を、銅基板上にスピンコート法により層状に適用(塗布)して、硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。実施例15においては、ネガ型硬化性組成物を、銅基板上にスリットコート法により層状に適用(塗布)して、組成物層を形成した。
 各実施例及び比較例において、得られた組成物層を適用した銅基板をホットプレート上で、80℃で5分間乾燥し、銅基板上に表1~表3に記載の厚さの硬化性樹脂組成物層を形成した。
 銅基板上の硬化性樹脂組成物層を、ステッパー(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)を用いて、500mJ/cmの露光エネルギーで100μm四方の正方形状の非マスク部を有するフォトマスクを使用して露光し、露光後、100℃で5分間加熱した。上記加熱後2.38質量%水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム水溶液で5分間現像し、純水で20秒間リンスして、100μm四方形の樹脂層を得た。さらに、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、表1~表3の「キュア温度(℃)」の温度に達した後、表1~表3の「キュア時間(min)」に記載の時間の間維持した。
[Adhesion]
In each of Examples and Comparative Examples other than Example 15, each negative curable composition or comparative composition is applied (coated) in layers on a copper substrate by a spin coating method to form a curable resin composition. A layer was formed. In Example 15, the negative curable composition was applied (coated) in layers on a copper substrate by the slit coating method to form a composition layer.
In each Example and Comparative Example, the copper substrate to which the obtained composition layer was applied was dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C. for 5 minutes, and the curability of the thickness shown in Tables 1 to 3 was obtained on the copper substrate. A resin composition layer was formed.
The curable resin composition layer on the copper substrate is exposed using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) with an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a photomask having a 100 μm square unmasked portion. After the exposure, the mixture was heated at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes. After the above heating, the mixture was developed with a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution for 5 minutes and rinsed with pure water for 20 seconds to obtain a 100 μm square resin layer. Further, in a nitrogen atmosphere, the temperature is raised at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min, and after reaching the temperature of "cure temperature (° C.)" in Tables 1 to 3, the "cure time (cure time) in Tables 1 to 3 is reached. It was maintained for the time described in "min)".
 銅基板上の100μm四方形の樹脂層に対して、25℃、65%相対湿度(RH)の環境下にて、ボンドテスター(XYZTEC社製、CondorSigma)を用いて、せん断力を測定した。せん断力が大きいほど密着力が大きく密着性に優れるといえる。評価は下記評価基準に従い行った。評価結果は表1~表3の「密着性評価」の欄に記載した。
-評価基準-
A:せん断力が40gfを超えた。
B:せん断力が25gfを超えて40gf以下であった。
C:せん断力が25gf以下であった。
 ただし、1gfは9.80665×10-3N(ニュートン)とする。
The shear force of a 100 μm rectangular resin layer on a copper substrate was measured using a bond tester (CondorSigma, manufactured by XYZTEC) in an environment of 25 ° C. and 65% relative humidity (RH). It can be said that the larger the shearing force, the larger the adhesion force and the better the adhesion. The evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are described in the "Adhesion evaluation" column of Tables 1 to 3.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The shearing force exceeded 40 gf.
B: The shearing force was more than 25 gf and 40 gf or less.
C: The shearing force was 25 gf or less.
However, 1 gf is 9.80665 × 10 -3 N (Newton).
〔ポットライフ〕
 各実施例及び比較例において、それぞれ、各ネガ型硬化性組成物又は比較用組成物の粘度(mPa・s)を、東機産業(株)製「RE-85L」にて測定した。上記測定後、組成物を45℃、遮光、3日間の条件にて静置し、再度粘度(mPa・s)を測定した。上記静置前後での粘度差(ΔVis)から下記評価基準に従ってポットライフを評価した。評価結果は表1~表3の「ポットライフ」の欄に記載した。粘度差(ΔVis)の数値が小さいほど、組成物のポットライフが良好であるといえる。上記粘度測定は、いずれも、温湿度を22±5℃、60±20%に管理した実験室で、組成物の温度を25℃に調整した状態で測定した。
[Pot life]
In each Example and Comparative Example, the viscosity (mPa · s) of each negative curable composition or comparative composition was measured by "RE-85L" manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd. After the above measurement, the composition was allowed to stand under the conditions of 45 ° C., light shielding, and 3 days, and the viscosity (mPa · s) was measured again. The pot life was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria from the viscosity difference (ΔVis) before and after the standing. The evaluation results are listed in the "Pot Life" column of Tables 1 to 3. It can be said that the smaller the value of the viscosity difference (ΔVis), the better the pot life of the composition. In each of the above viscosity measurements, the temperature and humidity were controlled to 22 ± 5 ° C. and 60 ± 20% in a laboratory, and the temperature of the composition was adjusted to 25 ° C.
-評価基準-
 A:ΔVisが1.0mPa・s以下であった。
 B:ΔVisが1.0mPa・sを超えた。
-Evaluation criteria-
A: ΔVis was 1.0 mPa · s or less.
B: ΔVis exceeded 1.0 mPa · s.
 以上の結果から、本発明に係る、アルカリ可溶性ポリイミド、架橋性基が異なる複数種の架橋剤、及び、特定シランカップリング剤を含むネガ型硬化性組成物によれば、耐薬品性に優れた硬化膜が得られることがわかる。
 比較例1に係る比較用組成物は、特定シランカップリング剤を含有しない。この比較例1に係る比較用組成物は、得られる硬化膜における耐薬品性に劣ることがわかる。
From the above results, the negative curable composition containing the alkali-soluble polyimide, a plurality of types of cross-linking agents having different cross-linking groups, and a specific silane coupling agent according to the present invention has excellent chemical resistance. It can be seen that a cured film can be obtained.
The comparative composition according to Comparative Example 1 does not contain a specific silane coupling agent. It can be seen that the comparative composition according to Comparative Example 1 is inferior in chemical resistance in the obtained cured film.
<実施例101>
 実施例1において使用したネガ型硬化性組成物を、表面に銅薄層が形成された樹脂基材の銅薄層の表面にスピンコート法により層状に適用して、80℃で5分間乾燥し、膜厚20μmのネガ型硬化性組成物層を形成した後、ステッパー((株)ニコン製、NSR1505 i6)を用いて露光した。露光はマスク(パターンが1:1ラインアンドスペースであり、線幅が10μmであるバイナリマスク)を介して、波長365nmで行った。露光後、100℃で5分間加熱した。上記加熱後、2.38質量%水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム水溶液で5分間現像し、純水で20秒間リンスし、層のパターンを得た。
 次いで、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、200℃に達した後、200℃で120分間維持して、再配線層用層間絶縁膜を形成した。この再配線層用層間絶縁膜は、絶縁性に優れていた。
 また、これらの再配線層用層間絶縁膜を使用して半導体デバイスを製造したところ、問題なく動作することを確認した。
<Example 101>
The negative curable composition used in Example 1 was applied in layers to the surface of the copper thin layer of the resin base material having the copper thin layer formed on the surface by a spin coating method, and dried at 80 ° C. for 5 minutes. After forming a negative curable composition layer having a film thickness of 20 μm, exposure was performed using a stepper (NSR1505 i6, manufactured by Nikon Corporation). The exposure was performed through a mask (a binary mask having a pattern of 1: 1 line and space and a line width of 10 μm) at a wavelength of 365 nm. After exposure, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes. After the above heating, the mixture was developed with a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution for 5 minutes and rinsed with pure water for 20 seconds to obtain a layer pattern.
Next, the temperature was raised at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min under a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reaching 200 ° C., the temperature was maintained at 200 ° C. for 120 minutes to form an interlayer insulating film for the rewiring layer. The interlayer insulating film for the rewiring layer was excellent in insulating property.
Moreover, when a semiconductor device was manufactured using these interlayer insulating films for the rewiring layer, it was confirmed that the semiconductor device operated without any problem.

Claims (17)

  1.  アルカリ可溶性ポリイミド、
     架橋性基が異なる複数種の架橋剤、及び、
     シランカップリング剤を含み、
     前記シランカップリング剤が、ケイ素原子に直接結合したアルコキシ基e-1と、前記e-1とは異なる基であって、前記複数種の架橋剤のうち少なくとも1種との間に共有結合を生じうる基e-2とを有する
     ネガ型硬化性組成物。
    Alkali-soluble polyimide,
    Multiple types of cross-linking agents with different cross-linking groups, and
    Contains silane coupling agent,
    The silane coupling agent has a covalent bond between an alkoxy group e-1 directly bonded to a silicon atom and a group different from the e-1 and at least one of the plurality of types of cross-linking agents. A negative curable composition having a possible group e-2.
  2.  前記複数種の架橋剤が、架橋性基としてラジカルの作用により架橋反応が進行するラジカル重合性基を有する架橋剤と、架橋性基として酸の作用により架橋反応が進行する酸架橋性基を有する架橋剤とを含む、請求項1に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。 The plurality of types of cross-linking agents have a cross-linking agent having a radical polymerizable group in which the cross-linking reaction proceeds by the action of a radical as a cross-linking group, and an acid-cross-linking group in which the cross-linking reaction proceeds by the action of an acid as a cross-linking group. The negative curable composition according to claim 1, which comprises a cross-linking agent.
  3.  前記アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドがフッ素原子を有する、請求項1又は2に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。 The negative curable composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the alkali-soluble polyimide has a fluorine atom.
  4.  前記アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドがケイ素原子を有する、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。 The negative curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the alkali-soluble polyimide has a silicon atom.
  5.  前記アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドがエチレン性不飽和結合を有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。 The negative curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the alkali-soluble polyimide has an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  6.  前記アルカリ可溶性ポリイミドがフェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有する、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。 The negative curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the alkali-soluble polyimide has a phenolic hydroxy group.
  7.  スルホンアミド構造及びチオウレア構造よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一種の構造を有する化合物を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。 The negative curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, which comprises a compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a sulfonamide structure and a thiourea structure.
  8.  オキシム構造を有するラジカル発生剤を含む、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。 The negative curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which contains a radical generator having an oxime structure.
  9.  前記複数種の架橋剤のうち少なくとも1種として、エチレン性不飽和結合を3~6個有する化合物を含む、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。 The negative curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which contains a compound having 3 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds as at least one of the plurality of types of cross-linking agents.
  10.  中和塩型の熱酸発生剤を含む、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。 The negative curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, which contains a neutralized salt-type thermoacid generator.
  11.  再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられる、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物。 The negative curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, which is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  12.  請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜。 A cured film obtained by curing the negative curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
  13.  請求項12に記載の硬化膜を2層以上含み、前記硬化膜同士のいずれかの間に金属層を含む積層体。 A laminate containing two or more layers of the cured film according to claim 12 and containing a metal layer between any of the cured films.
  14.  請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型硬化性組成物を基板に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含む、硬化膜の製造方法。 A method for producing a cured film, which comprises a film forming step of applying the negative curable composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11 to a substrate to form a film.
  15.  前記膜を露光する露光工程及び露光された前記膜を現像する現像工程を含む、請求項14に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。 The method for producing a cured film according to claim 14, further comprising an exposure step of exposing the film and a developing step of developing the exposed film.
  16.  前記膜を、50~450℃で加熱する加熱工程を含む、請求項14又は15に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。 The method for producing a cured film according to claim 14 or 15, which comprises a heating step of heating the film at 50 to 450 ° C.
  17.  請求項12に記載の硬化膜又は請求項13に記載の積層体を含む、半導体デバイス。 A semiconductor device comprising the cured film according to claim 12 or the laminate according to claim 13.
PCT/JP2020/037800 2019-10-18 2020-10-06 Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device WO2021075305A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021552331A JP7319381B2 (en) 2019-10-18 2020-10-06 Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019190831 2019-10-18
JP2019-190831 2019-10-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021075305A1 true WO2021075305A1 (en) 2021-04-22

Family

ID=75537487

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/037800 WO2021075305A1 (en) 2019-10-18 2020-10-06 Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7319381B2 (en)
TW (1) TW202116874A (en)
WO (1) WO2021075305A1 (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007004345A1 (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-01-11 Toray Industries, Inc. Photosensitive resin composition and adhesion enhancer
JP2011118191A (en) * 2009-12-04 2011-06-16 Toray Ind Inc Photosensitive paste for forming organic-inorganic composite conductive pattern, and method for manufacturing organic-inorganic composite conductive pattern
JP2013200328A (en) * 2012-03-23 2013-10-03 Toray Ind Inc Photosensitive resin composition, and film laminate comprising the same
WO2017169574A1 (en) * 2016-03-30 2017-10-05 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive adhesive composition, cured product, photosensitive adhesive sheet, and method for manufacturing laminated substrate and laminated substrate with adhesive pattern
WO2017170249A1 (en) * 2016-03-28 2017-10-05 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
JP2017194677A (en) * 2016-04-14 2017-10-26 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern and semiconductor device
WO2018047688A1 (en) * 2016-09-09 2018-03-15 東レ株式会社 Resin composition
JP2019085431A (en) * 2017-11-01 2019-06-06 東レ株式会社 Photopolymerizable monomer, and photosensitive resin composition and cured film of photosensitive resin composition using the same

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007004345A1 (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-01-11 Toray Industries, Inc. Photosensitive resin composition and adhesion enhancer
JP2011118191A (en) * 2009-12-04 2011-06-16 Toray Ind Inc Photosensitive paste for forming organic-inorganic composite conductive pattern, and method for manufacturing organic-inorganic composite conductive pattern
JP2013200328A (en) * 2012-03-23 2013-10-03 Toray Ind Inc Photosensitive resin composition, and film laminate comprising the same
WO2017170249A1 (en) * 2016-03-28 2017-10-05 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
WO2017169574A1 (en) * 2016-03-30 2017-10-05 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive adhesive composition, cured product, photosensitive adhesive sheet, and method for manufacturing laminated substrate and laminated substrate with adhesive pattern
JP2017194677A (en) * 2016-04-14 2017-10-26 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern and semiconductor device
WO2018047688A1 (en) * 2016-09-09 2018-03-15 東レ株式会社 Resin composition
JP2019085431A (en) * 2017-11-01 2019-06-06 東レ株式会社 Photopolymerizable monomer, and photosensitive resin composition and cured film of photosensitive resin composition using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7319381B2 (en) 2023-08-01
TW202116874A (en) 2021-05-01
JPWO2021075305A1 (en) 2021-04-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7333383B2 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TWI802640B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, resin, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor element
JP2020154205A (en) Pattern formation method, curable resin composition, film, cured film, laminate, and semiconductor device
JP7261882B2 (en) Thermosetting photosensitive composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021172420A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, cured film production method and semiconductor device
WO2021172421A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, production method for cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2020189481A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, multilayer body, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7492003B2 (en) CURABLE RESIN COMPOSITION, CURED FILM, LAMINATE, METHOD FOR PRODUCING CURED FILM, AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
JP7470790B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2021123652A (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7374189B2 (en) Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7334268B2 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2020152857A (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, layered body, method of producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021246457A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021157643A1 (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, production method for cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021039782A1 (en) Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, resin, and method for producing resin
JP7023379B2 (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021002383A1 (en) Curable resin composition, method for producing curable resin composition, cured film, multilayer body, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2023153846A (en) Curable resin composition, method for producing curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7078744B2 (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7319381B2 (en) Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021157306A1 (en) Resin composition, cured film, laminate, production method for cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2021157571A1 (en) Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
TWI836067B (en) Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP7334247B2 (en) Negative curable composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20877024

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021552331

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20877024

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1